Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2012/2

Contacts
EuropeBosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Phone: +49 7062 911 79101
Fax: +49 7062 911 79104
United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd.
Motorsports
Broadwater Park, North Orbital Road
Denham, Uxbridge
Middlesex UB9 5HJ
United Kingdom
Phone: +44 1895 838 929
Fax: +44 1895 839 019
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F – 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FrancePhone: +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax: +33 1 40 10 76 88
North and South America
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsports
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Phone: +1 248 876 2977
Fax: +1 248 876 7373
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18th Floor, Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5 Minatomirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama, 220-6218 Kanagawa
Japan
Phone: +81 45 650 5610
Fax: +81 45 650 5611
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2011
Modifications reserved.
Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport
products on public roads. They are only developed for use
in racing on private closed courses!

Engine Control Units

1

Injection and Ignition

2

Alternators and Starters

3

Sensors

4

Brake Control

5

Displays

6

Data Logging Systems

7

Software8

Accessories

9

Appendix10

Table of contents | 5

Engine Control Units

9

Ignition Coils

89

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Engine Control Units Sport LineEngine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4.4 SportEngine Control Units Performance LineEngine Control Unit MS 5.0
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2

11
14
16
19
21
24
26
28
30

Diesel Engine Control Units

32

Engine Control Unit MS 15 SportEngine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Engine Control Unit MS 12

33
34
36
38

Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Single Fire Coil P35
Single Fire Coil P35-E
Single Fire Coil P35-T
Single Fire Coil P35-TE
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M
Single Fire Coil P65
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Single Fire Coil P100-T
Single Fire Coil PS
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Single Fire Coil S19
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Double Fire Coil 3x2

89
92
95
98
101
104
107
110
113
116
119
122
125
128
131
134

Ignition Modules

137

Injection and Ignition

41

Diesel System Components

42

Ignition Module IM 3.1
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4

137
139
141

Diesel System Components

42

Alternators and Starters

143

Injection Valves

45

Alternators

144

Injection Valve EV 6
Injection Valve EV 12
Injection Valve EV 14
Injection Valve EV 14i
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

45
49
52
56
59

Alternator B3
Alternator GCM1

144
146

Starters

150

HP Injection Power Stages

61

HPI 1.1
HPI 1.16 HV/HVD
HPI 5

61
62
63

Starter 1.4 kW
Starter 1.7 kW
Starter 2.0 kW

150
152
154

Sensors

157

Fuel Pumps

64

Absolute Position Sensor

158

Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump FP 300
Fuel Pump FP 300L
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/-FCV HP
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD

64
66
68
70
72
74
76

Absolute Position Sensor APS-C

158

Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

160

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

160
162
164
167

Fuel Pressure Regulators

77

Gear Shift Sensors

169

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
FPR Adaptor
HP Control Valve DSV

77
79
81
83
85
87

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

169
172

Knock Sensors

174

Knock Sensor KS-P
Knock Sensor KS-R

174
176

6 | Table of contents

Lambda Sensors

178

Speed Sensors

276

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

178
180
183
186

Linear Potentiometers

189

Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Linear Potentiometer LP 25
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 50
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
Linear Potentiometer LP 100
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Linear Potentiometer LP 150

189
191
193
195
197
199
201
203
205
207

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

276
278
280
282
284
287
289
291
293
295
297
299

Temperature Sensors

301

Pressure Sensors Air

209

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Pressure Sensor Air PST

209
212
215
218
221
224

Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c

301
304
306
308
311
313
316
318
320
322
324
326

Pressure Sensors Differential

227

Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C

227
229

Thermocouple Probes

329

Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

329
331

Pressure Sensors Fluid

231

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

231
233
235
237
239
241
243
245
247
249
251
253
256

Wire Potentiometers

334

Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Wire Potentiometer WP 125

334
336
338
340
342
344

Brake Control

347

ABS M4 Kit

348

ABS M4 Kit

348

Rotary Potentiometers259

Displays

351

Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H

259
261
263
265
267
269
271
273

Displays352

Display DDU 7
Display DDU 8

352
354

Table of contents | 7

Data Logging Systems

357

Expansion Modules

405

Data Loggers

358

Data Logger CardMemory C 40/C 40 Plus
Data Logger CardMemory C 55
Data Logging Accessories
Data Logger C 50
Data Logger C 60
Data Logging System DLS
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
Modular Sensor Interface M 60

358
359
360
361
363
365
367
368

AWS LSU 4.9
Extended Module EM-LIN
Lambdatronic LT4

405
407
409

Relay

412

Relay 25 A

412

Switches414

Switches

414

Telemetry

369

Online Telemetry System Overview
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Pit Receiver Box
Pit Receiver Package 1
Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Pit Receiver Package 2
Burst Telemetry System Overview
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F

369
371
372
377
378
379
380
382
383

Wiring Harnesses

415

Wiring Harnesses

415

Wiper Motor

416

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

416

Appendix

419

General Information

420

Telemetry Accessories

384

General Information

420

FM 40 Tester
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band
Telemetry Car Antenna Dual Band
Antenna Cable Kit

384
385
386
387
388

Vibration Profiles421

Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

421
422
423

Lap Trigger Systems

389

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter

389
390
391
393

Software395

Calibration

396

Modas
Modas Sport
RaceCon

396
397
398

Simulation

399

LapSim399

Analysis400

WinDarab V7

400

Accessories

403

Communication Interface

404

MSA-Box II404

8 | Table of contents

Engine Control Units

1

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Diesel Engine Control Units32

10 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Sport Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4.4 Sport

Max. Cyl./bank

6/2

8/2

10/2

Control strategy

Alpha/nAlpha/nAlpha/nLambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

-

Opt.

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

GDI support

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Proposed logger

C 50

C 50

C 50

Proposed display

DDU 7

DDU 7

DDU 7

Performance Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

12/2

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dualo

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

+

+

+

+

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

El. Throttle ctrl

+

+

+

+

Traction ctrl

+

+

+

+

GDI support

+

+

+

+

Proposed logger

C 60

C 60

Integrated 2 GB logger

C 60

Proposed display

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11

Engine Control Units SportLineThe Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive
start in the world of engine control units from Bosch
Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line
ECUs from Bosch Motorsport, the Sport Line devices
have an optimized function range that make the initialstart-up process much simpler.
The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms
that vary in their amount of inputs/outputs and functionality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected for agiven project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU in
the Sport Line can be tailored to support certain projectneeds through various software options. To complete
the entire entry level system, Bosch Motorsport offers
the display unit DDU 7 and the external data logger C
50.

Example for a typical Sport Line system

Depicted below is an example system layout for the
ECUs of the Sport Line. The ECU is calibrated with theModas Sport software. The communication interface,
the MSA-Box II, connects to the PC over USB and to the
ECU via a CAN/K-Line link. The display, the DDU 7, isconfigured over Ethernet with the software WinDarab.
The ECU sends the desired measured variables to thedisplay/logger via CAN interface or Ethernet. These variables can be displayed for the driver or logged for analysis. Downloading and analyzing the data is also accomplished over Ethernet with the WinDarab software.

1

12 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Dimensions

1

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 13

Sport Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4.4 Sport

Max. Cyl./bank

6/2

8/2

10/2

Control strategy

Alpha/nAlpha/nAlpha/nLambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

-

Opt.

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

GDI support

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Proposed logger

C 50

C 50

C 50

Proposed display

DDU 7

DDU 7

DDU 7

1

14 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 3 SportElectronic throttle control

Optional

Traction control

Optional

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology

FeaturesSize

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

Electrical Datau

Full hybrid technologyu

6 injection output stagesu

6 ignition output stagesu34 data inputs

uMating connectors included

Max. power consumption

10 W at 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU

The MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine management
system to be manufactured with full hybrid technology.
Therefore it is very small, lightly and robust against vibrations. The MS 3 Sport is suitable for engines with up
to 6 cylinders and has internal ignition output stages.
Two sensor inputs are available for vibration knock detection and knock control. Various engine parameters
can be measured with different input channels andtransferred via CAN interface to an optional data logger
or dash display.

Application

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
2 knock sensor inputs

Outputs
6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)
8 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bank

1 H-bridge (5 A)

Control strategy

Alpha/n2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Lambda control

Dual

SoftwareSpeed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional Functionality
Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW
upgradeF 01T A20 051-01

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Sequential fuel injection

Knock control

Optional

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 15

Environment
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Connectors
Mating connector I

D 261 205 139

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Order number F 01T A20 067-01

1

16 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boardsSize

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Temperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

30 W at 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Features1 input for inductive crankshaft sensoru

8 injection output stages

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensoru

8 ignition drivers

25 universal inputs 0 to 5 Vu35 data inputs

2 knock sensor inputs

The MS 4 Sport is an engine management system forhigh performance engines up to 8 cylinders. The system
contains 8 ignition drivers for external power stages and
8 independent injection power stages. Two independentwide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop
engine control. There are also versions for Turbo and
GDI engines as well as for Turbo GDI engines available.
Various engine parameters can be measured with different input channels and transferred via CAN interface toan optional data logger.

Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition drivers
10 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Application
Control strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

Dual

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Speed limiter

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Gear cut for sequential gear box

Optional Functionality

Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

Advanced Turbo boost control

F 02U V00 781-01

Fuel cut off

Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Turbo boost control

Electronic throttle control SW
upgradeF 01T A20 051-01

Electronic throttle control incl.
shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade, also compatible to MEGALine gear box control

F 02U V00 780-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Variable valve timing VVT SW upgrade

F 02U V00 395-01

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Ignition trigger wheels

Support of 60-2 and 36-2

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 17

Environment
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Injection power stage unit HPI 5

F 02U V00 929-01

HP fuel pump HDP 5

Diff. variations available

Connectors and wires
Mating connector I

D 261 205 344

Mating connector II

D 261 205 345

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
MS 4 Sport
Order number F 01T A20 049-02
MS 4 Sport GDI
Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 138-01
MS 4 Sport Turbo
Order number F 01T A20 060-01
MS 4 Sport Turbo GDI
Only in combination with HPI 5
Order number F 02U V01 000-01
MS 4 Sport Motorcycle
Order number F 02U V00 024-01

1

18 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsECU MS 4 Sport Variations

1

Type

MS 4 SportMS 4 Sport GDI

MS 4 Sport Turbo

MS 4 Sport Turbo
GDI

MS 4 Sport Motorcycle

Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

6/2

4/2

GDI support

-

+

-

+

-

ABS M4 interface

+

+

+

+

-

Turbo boost ctrl

-

-

+

+

-

Advances turbo
boost ctrl

-

-

-

Opt.

Opt.

Knock ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

El. Throttle ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

El. Throttle ctrl incl.
shift down (Blipper)

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Traction ctrl

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Var. valve timing

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 19

Engine Control Unit
MS 4.4 Sport

Traction control optional

Optional

Variable valve timing

Optional

Interface to Bosch Motorsport
ABS M4 kit

Optional

1

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Ignition trigger wheels

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 (10cylinders only 60-2!)

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations

Featuresu

10 injection output stages

u

10 ignition driversu

50 data inputs

MS 4.4 Sport

MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

Turbo boost ctrl.

-+

Advanced Turboboost ctrl.

-

Optional

Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing

The MS 4.4 Sport is an engine management system forengines with up to 10 cylinders. The robust housing isprovided with motorsport connectors. The system contains 10 ignition drivers for external power stages and
10 independent injection power stages. Four vibration
sensor inputs allow knock detection and knock control.
Two independent wide range lambda circuits allow
lambda closed loop engine control. There is also a version for Turbo engines available. The high number of analog channels allows for the logging of numerous engine
and chassis parameters. Additionally the MS 4.4 Sporthas 20 configurable pull-ups.

Application

3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Size

174 x 133 x 39 (23) mm

Weight860 g

Temperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

InputsEngine layout

Max. 10 cyl., 2 bank

2 lambda interfaces LSU

Control strategy

Alpha/n4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Lambda control

Dual

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Speed limiter2 inputs for Hall-effect camshaft sensors (opt. 4)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

39 inputs 0 to 5 V (20 with configurable pull-ups)

Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

4 knock sensor inputs

Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control

Please see Variations

Advanced Turbo boost control

Please see Variations

Knock control

Optional

Electronic throttle control

Optional

Electronic throttle control incl.
shift down (Blipper)

Optional

8 digital inputs

Outputs
10 injection power stages (2.2 A)
10 ignition drivers
21 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (7 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/600 mA

20 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Software1

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional Functionality
Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW
upgradeF 01T A20 051-01

Electronic throttle control incl.
shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade, also compatible to MEGALine gear box control

F 02U V00 780-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Variable valve timing VVT SW upgrade

F 02U V00 395-01

Advanced turbo boost control(only MS 4.4 Sport Turbo)

F 02U V00 781-01

Environment
MSA-Box II
Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 Sport
Order number F 01T A20 068-01
Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 Sport Turbo
Order number F 01T A20 074-01

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 21

Engine Control Units
Performance LineThe ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual solutions for various motorsport applications. All MS 5 ECUs
utilize a new software development process based on
MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm
development. They also feature a high-end FPGA (Field
Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing andflexible signal control. A PowerPC enables highly sophisticated control algorithms. Consistent software structure guarantees easy recognition of all software labels
and functions across the complete ECU PerformanceLine. It is completed by use of the DDU 8 display andthe C 60 external data logger.
The ECUs in the Performance Line use torque as thecentral variable for coordinating all requests (i.e. engine/vehicle speed limiter, traction control, etc.). The
actual engine torque value is determined from the correcting variables (air charge, ignition angle, and/or cylinder reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model.
This is then compared to the desired engine torque value to determine if any modification of the engine torqueis needed. This results in a precise and adaptable control of the engine.

Example for a typical Performance Line system

Depicted below you see an example system layout for
the Performance Line. The ECU is calibrated with thesoftware Modas Sport. The communication interface
MSA-Box II connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU
via a CAN/Ethernet link. DDU 8 display and C 60 datalogger are configured over Ethernet with the software
RaceCon. The logger and the ECU communicate over
Ethernet. Downloading and analyzing the data is accomplished with the data analysis software WinDarab. The
data can be also transmitted over burst or online telemetry.

1

22 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Dimensions

1

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 23

Performance Line ECUs
Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2Max. Cyl./bank

8/2

8/2

8/2

12/2

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Torque structure based

Lambda ctrl

Dual

Dual

Dualo

Dual

Turbo boost ctrl

+

+

+

+

Knock ctrl

+

+

+

+

El. Throttle ctrl

+

+

+

+

Traction ctrl

+

+

+

+

GDI support

+

+

+

+

Proposed logger

C 60

C 60

Integrated 2 GB logger

C 60

Proposed display

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

DDU 8

1

24 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.0

Asymmetric ignition timing
Calibration interface

1

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 high pin density motorsport connectors
132 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

FeaturesSize

140 x 109 x 40.5 mm

Weight

650 g

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°Cu

8 injection output stages

Electrical Datau

8 ignition output stages

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)u

51 data inputs

Power supply

The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Application

9 W at 14 V

Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

32 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Control strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Speed limiter2 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Gear cut for sequential gear box

1 lap trigger input

Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

Outputs

Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)
12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 time based synch-in/out

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 25

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0
Order number F 02U V00 326-03

1

26 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.1
1

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards

Featuresu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stagesu59 data inputs

Size

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.1
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Application

Approx. 9 W at 14 V

Power supply
Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

1 lap trigger input

Fuel cut off

Outputs

Turbo boost control

8 injection power stages (peak & hold)

Knock control

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Electronic throttle control

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Traction control

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Sequential fuel injection

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 27

1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time base reference synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Order number F 02U V00 995-01

1

28 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.5
1

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger 2 GB
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredFeatures

Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boardsuInternal 2 GB dataloggerSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

u

8 injection output stages

Weight (approx.)

1,270 gu

8 ignition output stages

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

u59 data inputs

The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.5
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger, presenting a
cost efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution.

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.

Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

13 W at 14 V

Power Supply
Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Application

Fuel cut off

Electrical Data

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 lap trigger input

Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 29

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1 x 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time based synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Order number F 02U V00 285-021

30 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.2

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System

1Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 high pin density motorsport connectors
220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting

Featuresu

12 injection output stages

u12 ignition output stages

u78 data inputs

Size

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,260 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

Approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power supply

The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 5.2 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Application

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

Speed limiter

4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)
2 gearbox speed sensor (Inductive or Hall-effect)
45 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
14 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering
up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch, 3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps.
Fuel cut off

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 lap trigger input

Outputs

Turbo boost control

12 injection power stages (Peak & hold)

Knock control

12 ignition power stages (Up to 20 A)

Electronic throttle control

16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Traction control

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 31

4 sensor supplies 3 x 5 V/400 mA and 1 x 10 V/100 mA
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 time base reference synch-in/out

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2
Order number F 01T A20 069-01

1

32 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

Diesel ECUs

1

Type

Engine Control Unit
MS 15 SportEngine Control Unit
MS 15.1

Engine Control Unit
MS 15.2

Engine Control Unit MS 12

Max. Cyl.

6

8

6

12

Injector types

Solenoid injectors

Solenoid injectors

Piezo injectors

Piezo injectors

Control strategy

Quantity based

Quantity based

Quantity based

Quantity based

Injections

1 (2 optional)Max. 5Max. 4Max. j4

Inputs/Outputs

21/15

60/32

60/30

75/52

Turbo boost control system

Single turbo

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Single or twin turbo

Lambda measurement

-

+

+

+

Traction control system-

Optional

Optional+

Weight725 g

1,780 g

1,780 g2,500 g

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 33

Engine Control Unit
MS 15 SportElectrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W

Power consumption at full load

Approx. 120 W

Inputs1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
2 inputs for redundant pedal position sensor
6 analog inputs 0 to 5 V:
fuel: low system and rail pressure
boost pressure, oil pressure
exhaust gas: pressure and temperature
5 NTC temperature inputs:
intake and boost air temperature
fuel, coolant and oil temperature
1 input for Hall vehicle speed sensor
3 digital inputs: lap beacon, pit speed limiter and fuel reset

Features1 internal ambient pressure sensoru

6 injection output stages

1 internal ECU temperature sensoru

For solenoid injectors

Outputsu

21 data inputs

6 injection power stages for solenoid injectors

The MS 15 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to
6 cylinders. It is developed for use in combination with
Bosch solenoid injectors. The MS 15 Sport software isprovided with an optimized function range. The MS 15
Sport is able to operate in 12 V or 24 V systems.

Application

9 power stages: main; fuel pump; glow plug and 2 fan relays; fuel metering unit of high pressure pump; turbo actuator (PWM 5.0 Amps);
engine speed signal for tachometer; diagnostic lamp

Optional Functionality
Pilot injection SW upgrade

F 02U V00 776-01
F 02U V00 777-01

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl.

Pressure control valve PCV SW
upgradeInjector type

Solenoid injectors

Environment

Control strategy

Quantity based

Complete SW documentation

Injection timing

1 main injection
1 pilot injection opt.

Calibration guide

Turbo boost control

Single Turbo

Incl. work base and configuration of Modas Sport
Preconfigured CAN-messages for DDU

Speed limiter

Incl. SW tool Race Lab Sport with preconfigured settings

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

Connectors

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing

Connector K (vehicle: 94 pin)

D 261 205 353-01

Connector A (engine: 60 pin)

D 261 205 354-01

2 connectors with 60 and 94 pins

Communication

6 housing fixation points

2 CAN interfaces

Display / logger
Calibration software

1 K-Line

Software downloadMax. dimensions w/o connectors

203 x 140 x 38 mm

with connectors

203 x 167 x 38 mm

WeightApprox. 725 g

Ordering Information

ECU internal temperature range-20 to 75°C

Engine Control Unit MS 15 Sport
Order number F 02U V00 350-01

1

34 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 15.1

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

1

Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data

Featuresu

8 injection output stagesu

For solenoid injectors

u60 data inputs

Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid injectors.

Application

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl.

13 universal inputs 0 to 5, fixed pull-up

Injector type

Solenoid injectors

27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Control strategy

Quantity based

3 digital inputs

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injections
1 post injection

Outputs
8 injection power stages

Single or Bi-Turbo

12 power stages (low side)

Turbo boost control
Lambda measurement
Traction control

2 power stages for lambda heater
Optional

2 H-bridges

Speed limiter2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Speed limiter

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

Optional function packages available

Software

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 35

Environment
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Order number F 01T A20 022-01

1

36 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 15.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

1

Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data

Featuresu

6 injection output stagesu

For Piezo injectors

u60 data inputs

Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch Piezo injectors.

Application

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl.

13 universal inputs 0 to 5, fixed pull-up

Injector type

Piezo injectors

27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Control strategy

Quantity based

3 digital inputs

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

Outputs
6 injection power stages

Single or Bi-Turbo

12 power stages (low side)

Turbo boost control
Lambda measurement
Traction control

2 power stages for lambda heater
Optional

2 H-bridges

Speed limiter2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Speed limiter

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

Optional function packages available

Software

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 37

Environment

Communication

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Order number F 01T A20 023-01

1

38 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 12

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

1

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
5 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, 242
pins
Each connector individually filtered.
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points

Featuresu

12 injection output stagesu

For piezo injectors

u78 data inputs

The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel engines. ThisECU offers 12 Piezo injection power stages for use in up
to a 12 cylinder engine. Various engine and chassis parameters can be measured with a high number of input
channels. All measured data can be transferred via FireWire interface to an optional flash card data logger. Additional MSI 55 (Modular Sensor Interfaces) can be connected to increase the number of inputs. Gear box control strategies are optional.

ApplicationSize

240 x 200 x 57 mm

Weight2,500 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption at 6.500rpm

Max. 160 W at 14 V

Inputs
6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas temperature)
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 gear box speeds
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor

Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl.

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Injector type

Piezo injectors

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

Control strategy

Quantity based

16 PT1000

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

32 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Single or Twin-Turbo

2 LVDT sensor interfaces

Turbo boost control (incl. VTG)

3 digital inputs

Lambda measurement

1 SSI interface

Traction control

Outputs

Launch control

12 injection power stages

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

24 power stages low side

Gearbox control

2 power stages for lambda heater

Speed limiter

6 H-bridges

Optional function packages available

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 39

Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

Communication
On request

Environment

2 K-line serial interfaces
5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use, switchable CAN
load resistor)

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Ordering Information

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024-01

Engine Control Unit MS 12
Order number on request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SA

F 02U 000 473-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-18-35 SC

F 02U 000 475-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Mating connector V
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage set point.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

2 FireWire interfaces for external communication1

40 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

Injection and Ignition

2

Diesel System Components

42

Injection Valves

45

HP Injection Power Stages

61

Fuel Pumps

64

Fuel Pressure Regulators

77

Ignition Coils

89

Ignition Modules137

42 | Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components

2• The base output level and the desired output level
for the engine• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components:
the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer partnumber of the original injection system.
NoticeIf your engine is originally equipped with Bosch
components, modifications will be easier thanreplacing third party components.
NoticeWe reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification requires an extraordinary amount of time.

Featuresu

Modification of Common Rail systemsuDifferent modification levels availableu

All hydraulic parts available

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine components are more dependent upon the application thanthose for gasoline engines. A single injector design will
not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical andnozzle geometry requirements. In addition, the injection
system can vary from year to year even within the same
make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:• Definition of suitable base components from other(or larger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number ofholes, spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump and a single fuelrail:

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel
components, please have the following information
ready so that we may best determine components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine

Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components | 43

Dimensions

2

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

RailsMax. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

44 | Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Technical Specifications

2

1st Level

2nd Level

3rd Level

Description

Series components with minor
modifications (e.g. series components from a bigger engine plus
series injector with sample nozzle)

Series components with modifications (e.g. modified injector bodywith sample nozzle)

Components manufactured completely to your specification (e.g.
heavily modified series components or new products)

Functioning

Solenoid

Piezo

Piezo or Solenoid

Injectors

4 x 650.00 €4 x 2,100.00 €High pressure pump

1,250.00 €3,000.00 €On request (Prices will be finalized
in your personal offer once partnumbers are defined)

Fuel rail

Ca. 500.00 €Ca. 1,000.00 €System price

4,350.00 €12,400.00 €Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines, but we can assist you in finding a company that can build high pressure lines for yourapplication.

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 45

Injection Valve EV 6

Bent angle γ

0 to 20°

Coil resistance

1.2 to 16 ΩElectrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

FeaturesuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 962 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 15 to 70°

EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
EV 6 injection valves feature high corrosion resistanceand excellent engine start characteristics. The hydraulicconnections of the Bosch injection valves EV 6, EV 12
and EV 14 are compatible.

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

Communication
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 55 gFuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard (S), Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

134 to 962 cm³/min
92 to 658 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 70°

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

2

46 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Housing Variations

Spray Illustrations

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 47

2

EV6 Standard

EV6 Long

48 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 6 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 156 194

0 280 155 868

0 280 155 830

0 280 156 063

0 280 156 012

Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3261 g/382 cm3261 g/382 cm3269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

C

E

E

C

Housing

S

L

L

L

S

α80

15°

15°

20°

15°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

10°

5°

Resistance

14.5 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

2

Further variations are available on request

Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 431 127-07

B 280 431 128-04, B 280 431 129-03

B 280 431 131-02

B 280 434 499-02

Flow rate/min

261 g/382 cm3364 g/533 cm3364 g/533 cm3493 g/721 cm3658 g/962 cm3

Type

C

C

C

C

C

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α80

70°

25°

70°

70°

25°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

1.2 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 49

Injection Valve EV 12

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

FeaturesuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 5 to 60°

uWith extension

EV 12 injection valves are EV 6 injection valves with anextended tip.
There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Various delivery rates and spray-angles are available. The injection valves EV 6, EV 12 and EV 14 are compatible.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight40 g

Installation length

48 mm (total 81 mm)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard with extension

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
59 to 670 g/min

Spray angle α

5 to 60°

Bent angle γ

0 to 17°

Coil resistance

11 to 16 ΩElectrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

2

50 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Housing Variations

Spray Illustrations

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 51

EV 12 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 157 002

0 280 157 012

0 280 155 897

0 280 155 892

0 280 157 000

2Flow rate/min

120 g/175 cm3

193 g/282 cm3

217 g/317 cm3

269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

E

E

E

E

E

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

15°

15°

15°

15°

15°

γ

10°

10°

10°

10°

10°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

52 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 14

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

2

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Featuresu

Conical spray or 2-sprayu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 15 to 85°uWith or without extension

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6
injection valve technology.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Compact (C), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (N-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
100 to 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistance12 Ω

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 53

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

Housing Variations

54 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

2

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 55

EV 14 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 158 110

0 280 158 200

0 280 158 107

0 280 158 013

0 280 158 038

2
Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3

116 g/170 cm3

150 g/219 cm3150 g/219 cm3

237 g/347 cm3

Type

C

E

C

E

C

Housing

L

S

L

S

KxT

α

15°

15°

20°

19°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

0°

90°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Part Nr.

0 280 158 116

0 280 158 123

0 280 158 040

Flow rate/min

237 g/347 cm3429 g/627 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

E

E

C

Housing

L

SxT

KxT

α

22°

25°

30°

γ

5°

0°

0°

δ

90°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request

Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 038-07

B 280 436 038-08

B 280 436 038-09

B 280 436 038-10

B 280 436 469-01

Flow rate/min

503 g/736 cm3503 g/736 cm3387 g/566 cm3387 g/566 cm3697 g/1,019 cm3

Type

C

C

C

C

E

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

70°

25°

70°

25°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

56 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 14i

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

2Div. motorsports connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

Featuresu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 15 to 85°uExtremely small housinguVery low weightuSpecial development for motorsports

EV 14i injection valves are especially developed for motorsport applications.
The valve is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Very compact size simplifies mounting ina variety of applications.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤20 g

Installation lengths

26.9 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤70°C

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Very compact

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (N-heptane)

Max. 1,023 cm³/min
Max. 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistance12 Ω

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 57

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

58 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 14i Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 323-03

B 280 436 270-03

B 280 436 548-01

F02U V00 718-01

F02U V00 724-01

Flow rate/min

213 g/311 cm3

263 g/385 cm3261 g/382 cm3261 g/382 cm3261 g/382 cm3

Type

C

C

E

C

E

Housing

i

i

ixT

i

i

α

85°

25°

20°

35°

20°

γ

0°

0°

15°

0°

0°

δ

0°

0°

90°

0°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Part Nr.

B 280 436 470-01

Flow rate/min

310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

Housing

i

α

50°

γ

0°

δ

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

2

Further variations are available on request.

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 59

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Spray typeMulti hole

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Data

FeaturesuMax. 200 baruMulti holeu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm /min (N-heptane)u

Spray angle 8 to 20°

3

The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which is developed to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out thefuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air.
It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized regarding very short opening and closing times
which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection
times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 on request.

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D 261 205 359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsports (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Application

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.

Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Ordering Information

Operating pressure

200 barOperating temperature range-31 to 130°C

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Do not use supersonic cleaning.

2

60 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray Variations, further Variations on request

Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 61

HPI 1.1

Vibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Electrical Data
Power supply

14 V

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 to 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Communication
1 CAN (500 kBaud)Features

1 K-LineuMax. 6 cylindersuMax. 9,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

430 g

Ordering Information

The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is a device for driving
injectors for gasoline direct injection. Combined with asuitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 3 groups of 2 injectors each. Withina group only one injector can be switched on at thesame time. The 3 groups are totally independent, sothat overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

6,000

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1 and HDEV
5Max. vibration

Vibration profile 2 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations

Injection control inputs

HPI 1.1 Active low

HPI 1.1 Active highInverting (Low = ”ON”)
for operation withstandard lowside power stages of automotive
ECUs

Non-inverting (High= ”ON”)

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filtered

HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 1
Order number F 01T A20 000-01
HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 5
Order number F 02U V00 030-01
HPI 1.1 Active high for HDEV 1
Order number F 01E B01 645-01
HPI 1.1 Active high for HDEV 5
Order number F 02U V00 036-01

2

62 | Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages

HPI 1.16 HV/HVD

Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Flexible housing fixation points

2

Housing temperature

Please see Variations

Size without connectors

135 x 101 x 43 mm

WeightPlease see Variations

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

8 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Communication
1 CAN
1 K-Line

Ordering Information
HPI 1.16 HV
Order number F 01T A20 019

FeaturesuMax. 10 cylindersuMax. 12,500 rpm

u

725 g

HPI 1.16 HVD
With internal voltage regulator 65 to 90 V
Order number F 01T A20 018

In combination with a Bosch Motorsport ECU the HPI
1.16 enables the running of high pressure injection
valves. The injector current is realized by a switchedcurrent regulation with boost period, pick-up period,
holding period and recharging period. This HPI can beused for example in racing series like DTM, 24h Le
Mans, etc.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

10

Max. rpm

12,500Optimized for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 1 and HDEV 5
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations
HPI 1.16 HV

HPI 1.16 HVD

Voltage support

External supply of
booster voltage (90V) is required

Internal voltage regulator 65 to 90 V

Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

-25 to 70°C

Weight

575 g

725 g

Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Filtered connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density

Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Power Stages | 63

Electrical Data

HPI 5

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

D 261 205 353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5
Order number F 02U V00 929-01

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

550 g

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of
2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can beswitched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectorsof different groups is possible. The high pressure pump
power stage is designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5
Further HDEV and HDP on request

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight550 g

2

64 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 100

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

6.0 ± 0.5 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>100 l/h

u

725 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel line screwed

The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85.
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a production typepump is the high delivery rate at high pressure.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M16x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Fuel pressure

5 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

118 ± 3 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Installation Notes

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.

Technical Specifications

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Mechanical Data
Diameter

54 mm

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Length185 mmOrdering Information

Weight

725 g

Mounting

Clamping

Fuel Pump FP 100
Order number Y 580 701 456-03

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 65

Dimensions2

66 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 165

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22 °C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>165 l/h

u

980 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85.
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Fuel pressure

5 barElectrical matting connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h

M14x1.5

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Mechanical connector intake
side

Fuel compatibility

E85

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.

Technical Specifications

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Mechanical Data

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Diameter

60 mm

Length168 mmOrdering Information

Weight

980 g

Mounting

Clamping

Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0 580 254 979

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 67

Dimensions2

68 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 200

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

14 ± 1 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

15 ± 1 A

Characteristic

Featuresu>200 l/h

u1,030 guMax. 5 bar/8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Biofuel can be delivered up to E85.
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuelpumps and has an excellent price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar or 8 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

260 ± 5 l/h

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

220 ± 5 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

10 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length196 mmWeight

1,030 gMounting

Clamping

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 69

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200, 5 bar
Order number 0 580 254 044
Fuel Pump FP 200, 8 bar
Order number B 261 205 413-01

Dimensions2

70 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 300

2Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

Anodized

Color

Red

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

Internal

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu>300 l/h

u

714 g

u

Max. 8 baruFuel lines screwed

Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.

The FP 300 represents the next generation of low-pressure inline fuel pumps. The internals in the pump are designed specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel deliveries from modified rotor design, as
well as an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of
the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.

Application

With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with Methanol fuel.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

340 ± 5 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline E85/M100
DieselOperating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length174 mmWeight FP 300

714 g

Mounting

Clamping

Fuel Pump FP 300
Order number B 261 205 366-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 71

Dimensions2

72 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 300L

2

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

Anodized

Color

Red

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

Internal

Featuresu>300 l/h

u

670 g

u

Max. 8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 300L represents the next generation of low-pressure inline fuel pumps. The internals of the pump aredesigned specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel delivery from modified rotor design, as wellas an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of the advantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline, Diesel and Bio-fuels.
The FP 300L has further weight reduction measures.

Application

Connectors and wires

Fuel pressure

8 barElectrical connector+M6/-M5

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

340 ± 5 l/hElectrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Mech. connector intake side

M18x1.5

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline E85/M100
DieselMech. connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Installation Notes

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Technical Specifications

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Mechanical Data

Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with methanol fuel.

Diameter

50 mm

Length174 mmWeight

670 g

Mounting

Clamping

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300L
Order number F 02U V00 636-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 73

Dimensions2

74 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/FCV HP
2Technical Specifications
Variations
Model

Max. pressure

Connector

HDP 5-FCV

200 barCompact

HDP 5-FCV

200 barMotorsports

HDP 5-FCV HP

Over 200 bar

Compact

HDP 5-FCV HP

Over 200 bar

Motorsports

Mechanical Data

Features

Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam

Nominal pressure

Please see variations

WeightApprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

Depends on cam profile and typeof tappet

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

u

200 bar or more

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

uMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Max. vibration

600 m/s2uIntegrated control valve

Connectors and Wires

u

780 g

Electrical connector compact

D 261 205 359-01

Electrical connector motorsports

F 02U 000 426-01

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M14x1.5

The HDP 5 FCV is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes
and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
We offer two variations of the HDP 5 FCV: one is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the
maximum fuel pressure (HDP 5-FCV). This variation does
not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The other variation (HDP 5-FCV HP) is not equippedwith an internal pressure relief valve and therefore requires a pressure regulation valve in the common rail toavoid overload pressure.
Both variations have an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure fuel system. Both variations can be ordered with acompact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
on cam profile and type of tappet.

Ordering Information
HDP 5-FCV
Compact connector, max. 200 bar
Order number F 02U V00 912-01
HDP 5-FCV
Motorsports connector, max. 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 114-01
HDP 5-FCV HP
Compact connector, over 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 128-01
HDP 5-FCV HP
Motorsports connector, over 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 115-01

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 75

Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

2

76 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Connectors and Wires

2

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M14x1.5

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends
on cam profile and type of tappet.

Ordering Information
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD
Order number 0 261 B11 223-02

FeaturesuMax. 200 baruMax. 1.1 cm /rotcam

u

780 g

Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01

3

Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

The HDP 5-FD is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery. Variations in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
This type of high pressure fuel pump is not equippedwith an internal pressure relief valve and therefore recommends a pressure regulation valve in the common rail
to control the rail pressure and to avoid overload pressure.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam (typical)

Nominal pressure

Max. 200 bar

WeightApprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

Depends on cam profile and typeof tappet

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 77

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/
Mini M

Mechanical Data
Diameter

37.9 mm

Weight

60 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Ordering Information
Features

Standard version 2.5 bar
Order number B 261 208 101-01

u

2,5 to 10 baruMethanol version available from 6 to 10 bar

u

30 to 400 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Aluminum housing

Standard version 3.5 bar
Order number B 261 208 103-01
Standard version 4 bar
Order number B 261 208 104-01

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for methanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Application
Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility Mini

Gasoline, E85, M22

Fuel compatibility Mini M

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

Standard version 3 bar
Order number B 261 208 102-01

Standard version 5 bar
Order number B 261 208 105-01
Standard version 6 bar
Order number B 261 208 106-01
Standard version 7 bar
Order number B 261 208 107-01
Standard version 8 bar
Order number B 261 208 108-01
Standard version 10 bar
Order number B 261 208 109-01
Methanol version 6 bar
Order number B 261 208 121-01
Methanol version 8 bar
Order number B 261 208 122-01
Methanol version 10 bar
Order number B 261 208 123-01

2

78 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 79

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Ordering Information
2.2 to 3.5 bar
Order number B 280 550 340-03
3.5 to 5 bar
Order number B 280 550 341-03

Featuresu

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 baruPressure adjustableu

15 to 220 l/h reflowu

Sheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.

Application
Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring2

80 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 81

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini
38

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hConnectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Ordering Information
Featuresu

3.8 baru

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Sheet steel housing

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Order number 0 280 160 616

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This production type fuel pressure regulator is designed
for the integration into the full rail.
The main benefits of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and a high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

3.8 barReflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E10

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48 gMounting

Fastening with a clip2

82 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 83

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0 280 B02 722-02

Features
u

5 bar

u

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Sheet steel housing

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator especially for motorsport use and increased the pressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/h

2

84 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 85

FPR Adaptor

2

Featuresu

Aluminum housinguFits to production type regulators and Motorsport
regulators

This adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator aswell as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regulator.

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length100 mmWeight

170 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6 screws

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

86 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 87

HP Control Valve DSV

HP Control Valve DSV
Connector ASL 1-06-05SB-HE
Order number B 261 209 805-02
HP Control Valve DSV
Without connector
Order number B 261 209 806-02

FeaturesuWorking range 10 to 200 baru

Aluminum housing

The DSV is specially designed for regulation of pressurein the common rail of high pressure injection systems.

Application
Pressure range

10 to 200 bar

Flow quantity

Max. 220 l/h

Operating temperature range-20 to 130°C

Max. temperature of location

140°C (max. 5 min)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

135 g

Size

32 x 54 x 56 mm

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

6.5 to 18 V

Operation current

Imax = 2.2 A

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Ordering Information
HP Control Valve DSV
Connector Bosch Compact
Order number 0 261 540 011

Please see Ordering Information2

88 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 89

Single Fire Coil C90i-pro

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

internal

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 40 kV

Pin 2

ECU collector blueuMax. 90 mJ

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 4

Ionic current signal whiteu

Especially developed for Turbo-GDI engines

Wire length

75 cm

u

Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

For spark plugs

ceramic diameter d = 8 mm

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-pro
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer
specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]I primary
Ubatt

10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

17 A

20 A

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

Primary current≤ 16 A

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5
V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

< 230 gMountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

90 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number 0 221 B00 256-01

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 91

Dimensions2

92 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Mechanical Data

Single Fire Coil P35

2Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data

Features

Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

CharacteristicuMax. 34 kV

Measured with power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Connectors and WiresuMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Connector

SumitomouMax. 10,000 1/min

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

Pin 1

Please see Variations

Pin 2

ECUGnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages with 10 mA to
20 mA current output.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs with a ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Application

Spark plug connector

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

140.5 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

Technical Specifications

8V

3.1

Variations

10 V

8.0 A

9.0 A

4.4

6.0

8.6

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

P35

P35-T

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

Integrated power stage

-

+

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

Pin 1

ECU ignition
power stage

ECU ignition
signal

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Measured with power stage

IGBT
IRG4BC40S

BIP 373

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 93

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35
Order number 0 221 504 030

2Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

94 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 95

Single Fire Coil P35-E

Mechanical Data
LengthPlease see Variations

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Features

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40SuMax. 34 kV

Connectors and WiresuMax. 38 mJ

Connector

SumitomouMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

uConnector length on customer requirement

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stageuMax. 10,000 1/min

Pin 2

ECUGndFor this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The P35-E is for spark plugs with ceramic diameterd = 8 mm or d = 10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Pin 3

Ubatt

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

Technical Specifications

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Variations

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

2

P35-E8

P35-E10Plug ceramic diameter

8 mm

10 mm

Length (L)85 to 225 mm

110 to 225 mm

Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length withyour order.

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

96 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
P35-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 235-01

2

P35-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 440-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The P35-E has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 97

Dimensions2

98 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Mechanical Data

Single Fire Coil P35-T

2

Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data

Features

Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

CharacteristicuMax. 34 kV

Measured with power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Connectors and WiresuMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Connector

SumitomouMax. 8,000 1/min

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

Pin 1

Please see Variations

Pin 2

ECUGnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.
The P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs with a ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Spark plug connector

140.5 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattTechnical Specifications
Variations

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

P35

P35-T

Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

Integrated power stage

-

+

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

Pin 1

ECU ignition
power stage

ECU ignition
signal

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

Measured with power stage

IGBT
IRG4BC40S

BIP 373

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 99

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-T
Order number 0 221 604 014

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P35-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The P35 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

100 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 101

Single Fire Coil P35-TE

Mechanical Data
LengthPlease see Variations

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage

Features

CharacteristicuMax. 34 kV

Measured with power stageuMax. 38 mJ

Connectors and WiresuMax. 2.0 kV/µs

Connector

SumitomouConnector length on customer requirement

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

uMax. 8,000 1/min

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECUGnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.
The P35-TE is for spark plugs with ceramic diameterd = 8 mm or d = 10 mm.
The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

BIP 373

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

-40 to 100°C≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

12 V

1.6

2.1

14 V

1.4

Technical Specifications

16 V

Variations

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

P35-TE8

P35-TE10

Plug ceramic diameter

8 mm

10 mm

Length (L)85 to 225 mm

110 to 225 mm

Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length withyour order.

8.0 A

9.0 A

4.4

5.2

6.6

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

102 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35-TE8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 234-01
Single Fire Coil P35-TE10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V00 439-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of
8 or 10 mm.
The P35-TE has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 103

Dimensions2104 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Mechanical Data

Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M

WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

2

Primary resistance with wire

370 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Features

Connectors and WiresuMax. 35 kVuMax. 50 mJuMax. 3.0 kV/µs

uHigh voltage contacting via high voltage wire andspark plug connector possibleu

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Max. 10,000 1/min

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.

Application

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

ECU Ignition power stage

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10.0
A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

Variations

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

P50

P50-M

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector

-

+

2

2

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 105

Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1 354 489 085

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kV

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Coil P50
Order number 0 221 504 001
Coil P50-M
Motorsport version
Order number F 02U V00 869-01

106 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 107

Single Fire Coil P65

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

2

Characteristic dwell times [ms]FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.

Dwell time

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4
0

-40 to 100°C

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

10 V

1.33

1.74

12 V

1.05

14 V

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length180 mmWeight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

8.0 A

9.0 A

4.10

5.10

6.20

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

18 V

0.64

0.82

0.98

1.16

1.32

1.41

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

108 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65
Order number 0 221 504 024

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 109

Dimensions2110 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-T

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 2 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFU

2Integrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

For spark plugs with a ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Features

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Ubatt

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.

Application

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1/mi
n

10.000

9.00
0

8.00
0

7.00
0

6.00
0

5.00
0

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

16.5
V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Length143 mmWeight222 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 33 kV

Dwell time

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 111

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Order number 0 221 604 024

2

112 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 113

Single Fire Coil P100-T

High voltage rise time≤ 1.7 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 110 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 30 kVuMax. 100 mJ

uMax. 1.7 kV/µs

uHigh energy coiluMax. 8,000 1/min

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU Ignition signal

Pin 2

ECUGndPin 3EngineGnd

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]The P100-T is a transistorized coil (integrated powerstage BIP 355) developed for engines needing immense
spark energy and long sparks duration.
The P100-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The coil benefits form series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application
Spark energy≤ 100 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

6V

6.8

10.4

16.8

8V

4.0

5.5

10 V

2.9

12 V

9.0 A

7.3

9.9

13.7

3.8

4.9

6.1

7.6

9.3

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.5

5.4

6.4

14 V

1.8

2.4

2.9

3.6

4.2

4.9

16 V

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

18 V

1.3

1.7

2.1

2.5

3.0

3.4

20 V

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.2.

2.6

2.9

22 V

1.0

1.3

1.6

2.0

2.3

2.6

24 V

0.9

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.3

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight353 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

114 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

29.8 mJ

1.07 ms

60 mA

24.9 kV

5A

44.2 mJ

1.3 ms

70 mA28.6 kV

6A

60 mJ

1.48 ms

80 mA

30.7 kV

7A

79.5 mJ

1.65 ms

95 mA

30.9 kV

8A

98.9 mJ

1.81 ms

110 mA

31 kV

9A

118 mJ

1.93 ms

125 mA

31 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The P100-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P100-T
Order number 0 221 604 006

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 115

Dimensions2116 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil PS

2

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)
respectively BIP372

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 30 kVuMax. 42 mJuMax. 1.5 kV/µs

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

AMP C-O-28 44 25

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

ECU collector

Pin 2Engine Gnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

Pin 4

N.a.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The PS has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4
0

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

2

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight

189 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 117

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The PS has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal
ignition power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS
Order number 0 221 504 460

118 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 119

Single Fire Coil PS-T

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 27 kVuMax. 42 mJuMax. 1.5 kV/µs

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GndPin 3

Engine Gnd

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4
0

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Technical Specifications

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

120 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Order number 0 221 604 103

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 121

Dimensions2122 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil S19

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

200 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 7.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 320 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.27 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Ionic current signal

Optional

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

Open end

Mating connector-uMax. 30 kV

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 34 mJ

Pin 2

ECU power stage whiteuMax. 7.5 kV/µs

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 20,000 1/min

Pin 4

Optional ionic current signal
screen wire whiteThis single fire coil was developed for the use in Formula 1 high performance engines. It is designed to mountdirectly on the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement.
The S19 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark
plug side) can be designed per customer specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
12 A

16.0 A

20.0 A

22.0 A

25.0 A

6V

0.7

1.4

Spark energy≤ 34 mJ

8V

0.390

0.613

0.980

1.300

Primary current≤ 25 A

10 V

0.278

0.411

0.586

0.695

0.910

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

12 V

0.216

0.310

0.426

0.491

0.606

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

14 V

0.176

0.250

0.335

0.382

0.460

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

16 V

0.148

0.208

0.276

0.313

0.371

24 V

0.084

0.119

0.157

0.175

0.208

27 V

0.077

0.107

0.139

0.155

0.180

30 V

0.068

0.094

0.122

0.136

0.157

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

18.5 mm

Weight

100 g

Mounting

Pluggable / pressed

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 123

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

12 A

9 mJ

120 µs

150 mA

17.5 kV

16 A

15.2 mJ

154 µs200 mA

22.8 kV

20 A

22.8 mJ

186 µs

250 mA

27.8 kV

22 A

27.2 mJ

200 µs

275 mA

30 kV

25 A

34.2 mJ

221 µs

320 mA

33.4 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S19
Order number 0 221 B00 113-01

124 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 125

Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition
power stage
white

ECU ignition
signal yellow

Pin 3

Engine GND
black

ECU GND
blue

Pin 4

Ion current
signal screen
wire white

Engine GND
black

Pin 5

N.a.

Optional ion
current signal
screen wire
white

Measured with power stage

IGBT
IRG4BC40S(Uce = 600 V)

IGBT
IRF5036S(Uce = 400 V)

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

0 to 150°C

Mechanical Data

Features

Diameter

22 mm

uMax. 25 kV

Weight150 guMax. 60 mJ

Mounting

Pluggable / presseduMax. 5.0 kV/µs

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Electrical Data

This single fire coil was developed for the use in highperformance engines. It is designed to mount directly on
the spark plug andThis coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement. The S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers. The S22 has
no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark
plug side) can be designed per customer specification.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 25 kV

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.43 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

Ionic current signal

Optional

Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

Please see Variations

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Connector

Open end

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Mating connector-

Technical Specifications

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Variations

Pin 2

Please see Variations

Pin 3

Please see Variations

Pin 4

Please see Variations

Pin 5

Please see Variations

Primary resistance with wire
Integrated power stage

Characteristic

2

S22

S22-T

330 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement-+

Measured with power stage

Please see Variations

Connectors and Wires2126 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

2

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
8.0 A

10.0
A

12.0
A

14.0
A

15.0
A

16.0
A

6V

1.76

2.61

4.61

8V

1.10

1.49

1.99

2.70

3.12

3.74

10 V

0.80

1.08

1.37

1.71

1.91

2.12

12 V

0.62

0.83

1.04

1.27

1.40

1.52

14 V

0.51

0.68

0.84

1.01

1.10

1.19

16 V

0.44

0.53

0.70

0.84

0.91

0.99

20 V

0.34

0.44

0.53

0.63

0.68

0.73

24 V

0.27

0.35

0.43

0.50

0.54

0.58

Spark energy
Installation Notes

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the ignition coil. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. This willbring a spark energy of 40 mJ.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Coil S22
Order number 0 221 B00 115-01
Coil S22-T
Integrated transistor
Order number 0 221 B00 116-01

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

8A

18.1 mJ

251 µs

150 mA

21.1 kV

10 A

28.3 mJ

305 µs

185 mA

22.7 kV

12 A

39 mJ

353 µs

225 mA

23.6 kV

14 A

50.8 mJ

394 µs

260 mA

24.6 kV

15 A

58 mJ

415 µs

280 mA

24.9 kV

16 A

64 mJ

430 µs

300 mA

25.2 kV

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 127

Dimensions2128 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

2Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

420 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 2.1 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 95 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.14 ms

Suppression diode / EFU

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 35 kVu

2 x ≤ 50 mJuMax. 2.1 kV/µs

uDeveloped for twin spark enginesu

2 independent coils in 1 housing

This ignition coil is specifically developed for engineswith twin sparks.
The advantage of this coil is that are two separated coils
in one housing. So the ignition can be parallel or serialoffset with some angular degrees.
The Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition powerstages.
This coil is a series coil, produced in great quantities.
The advantages of coils from run production are low
costs and high robustness.

Application
Spark energy

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Primary current

2 x ≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 110°C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight496 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Power
Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Power
Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

4.6

6.5

9.2

13.6

8V

2.9

3.9

4.8

5.7

6.1

6.5

10 V

2.1

2.74

3.36

3.9

4.0

4.2

12 V

1.65

2.11

2.55

2.92

3.04

3.18

14 V

1.36

1.74

2.07

2.35

2.45

2.55

16 V

1.16

1.47

1.75

1.98

2.05

2.14

18 V

1.02

1.28

1.51

1.7

1.77

1.84

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 129

2

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

20 mJ

0.784 ms

55 mA

22.5 kV

5A

29.9 mJ

0.931 ms

70 mA

27.5 kV

6A

38 mJ

1.04 ms

85 mA

31.5 kV

7A

46.2 mJ

1.11 ms

90 mA

35.4 kV

7.5 A

49.5 mJ

1.14 ms

95 mA

36.7 kV

8A

52.4 mJ

1.16 ms

105 mA37.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.
The Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 has no integrated transistors and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Order number 0 221 503 035

130 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 131

Double Fire Coil 2x2

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.2 ms2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Features

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

uMax. 35 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 70 mJ

Ubatt

u

Max. 1.9 kV/µs

u

For 4 cyl. engines

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 4-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
two internal ignition power stages for supplying a 4-cylinder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10.0
A

6V

6.9

9.3

13.1

22.2

8V

4.2

5.3

6.7

8.1

9.8

12.0

10 V

3.0

3.8

4.6

5.4

6.2

7.0

12 V

2.4

2.9

3.5

4.1

4.6

5.1

14 V

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.3

3.6

4.0

16 V

1.6

2.0

2.4

2.7

3.0

3.3

20 V

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.3

2.5

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

24 V

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 120°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight916 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

13.3 kΩ

Dwell time

132 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.5 mJ

1.6 ms

40 mA24.9 kV

6A

46.5 mJ

1.83 ms

51 mA

30 kV

7A

58.0 mJ

2.03 ms

61 mA

34.5 kV

8A

69.6 mJ

2.2 ms

70 mA38.6 kV

9A

79.9 mJ

2.31 ms

77 mA

42.2 kV

10 A

89.9 mJ

2.4 ms

88 mA

45 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 2x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with two internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Order number 0 221 503 407

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 133

Dimensions2134 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Double Fire Coil 3x2

2

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Coil 3 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 2

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Power Stage

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

FeaturesuMax. 35 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]uMax. 65 mJ

Ubatt

u

Max. 1.9 kV/µs

u

For 6 cyl. engines

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 6-cylinder engines.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor
and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only
three internal ignition power stages for supplying a 6cylinder engine.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

7.2

9.5

13.5

8V

4.3

5.4

10 V

3.1

12 V

6.6

7.9

9.5

3.8

4.5

5.2

6.0

6.7

2.4

2.9

3.5

3.9

4.4

4.9

14 V

2.0

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.5

3.9

16 V

1.7

2.0

2.4

2.7

2.9

3.2

18 V

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.3

2.5

2.7

20 V

1.3

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

1.9

2.1

24 V

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

1.9

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight1,490 gMounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

12 kΩ

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

10.0A

Dwell time

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 135

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.4 mJ

1.44 ms

48 mA

25.4 kV

6A

45 mJ

1.63 ms

60 mA

29.9 kV

7A

56.5 mJ

1.78 ms

70 mA

34 kV

8A

67.6 mJ

1.9 ms

80 mA

39.3 kV

9A

77.7 mJ

1.98 ms

88.8 mA

43 kV

10 A

86.2 mJ

2.07 ms

100 mA

45 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug,
please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct
ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition
coil are not the firing order but the cylinders’ order.
The Double Fire Coil 3x2 has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with three internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 3x2
Order number 0 221 503 002

2

136 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 137

Ignition Module IM 3.1

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic
Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple DarlingtonuMax. 3 cylinders

u

47 g

u

Fits to all MS 4 ECUs

Three pin connector

Bosch Jetronic three pinuEspecially adapted for Coil P and 3x2

Mating connector

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Collector transistor 2

Pin 3

Collector transistor 3

Four pin connector

Bosch Jetronic four pin

Mating connector

B 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 3

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Basis transistor 2
Basis transistor 1

Connectors and Wires

This ignition module IM is an external ignition powerstage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Pin 4

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

Installation Notes

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 at 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x1, 2x2, 3x2, P35 andPS or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Please observe the specified limit values.

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

2

138 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.1
Order number 0 227 100 209

2

Dimensions

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 139

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic
Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

FeaturesuMax. 3 cylinders

u

47 g

u

Fits to all MS 4 ECUsu

Especially adapted for Coil P and 3x2

Connectors and Wires

This ignition module IM 3.2 is an external ignition powerstage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application

Seven pin connector

Bosch Jetronic seven pin

Mating connector

F 02U B00 252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Installation Notes

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x1, 2x2, 3x2, P35 andPS or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Technical Specifications

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Mechanical Data

Please observe the specified limit values.

Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0 227 100 203

2140 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Dimensions

2

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 141

Ignition Module IM 4

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 4 cylinders

u

54 g

u

Fits to all MS 4 ECUsu

Especially adapted for Coil P, 2x2 and 2x1

This ignition module IM is an external ignition powerstage capable of supplying up to four non-transistorized
ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application

Four pin connector

Bosch Jetronic four pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

Five pin connector

Bosch Jetronic five pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x1, 2x2, 3x2, P35 andPS or comparable coils.

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0 227 100 211

2

142 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Dimensions

2

Alternators and Starters

3

Alternators

144

Starters

150

144 | Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator B3

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque

22 Nm

Electrical Data3

Output voltage at 10 A

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor

internal

Cut-in-speed

3,000 1/min

Characteristic

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 25°C

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

57

40

3,500

115

93

4,000

150

125

u

4,800 g

5,000

188

162

u

210 A

6,000

208

182

u

Clockwise rotation

7,000

220

193

8,000

227

201

9,000

232

206

10,000237

210

11,000241

213

12,000243

215

14,000246

217

16,000249

219

18,000251

222

The B3 is a powerful 12 V alternator. It has a speciallywound stator, high current diodes and an extra fine balanced rotor.
The alternator and the appropriate regulator build a system to generate electrical power by consuming mechanical power, delivered by the combustion engine via abelt driven pulley. The rotation of the pulley is transmitted to the rotor that generates a rotation current in thestator. The rotating current (AC) is transformed throughthe rectifier in direct current (DC). The regulator controls the rotor current, and as consequence the alternator output through the B+ connection.
The main benefit of this alternator is the high power
output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is
optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application
Application

210 A

Max. ambient temperature

105°C

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C

Rotating direction

ClockwiseTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotor speed

18,000 rpm

Moment of inertia

22 kgcm2

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 145

Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery.
Output current specified at 6,000 rpm, 13.1 V, 25°C inlet temperature and alternator steady-state-temperature.
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3
Order number F 02U V00 646-01

Dimensions3146 | Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Alternator GCM1

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Internal D+ resistor

only GCM1 140 A Nascar

Characteristic 110 A

3

Featuresu3,400 gu

110 to 140 Au

Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation

This alternator is modified for motorsport demand andsplash protected. The stator windings are handmade;the rotor is extra fine balanced. The alternators are e.g.
used in Nascar. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions
are possible, modifications are available on request.

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

13

3,000

37

3,500

54

4,000

65

5,000

78

6,000

88

7,000

96

8,000

102

9,000

105

10,000108

12,000113

15,000117

18,000120

Application
Temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibrationhigh protection

Installation without rubber mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting
points154 mmElectrical Data
Rated current

110/130/140 A

Supply voltage

13.5 V

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

Characteristic 130 A
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

6

3,000

32

3,500

51

4,000

63

5,000

80

6,000

90

7,000

98

Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 147

8,000

105

9,000

111

10,000116

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

3Installation Notes

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

0

An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30°Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of the air flow will negate any cooling benefits.
If these conditions are met, the cooling air should be
distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator for optimal cooling. For the cooling air to be effective we must be sure that we do not encounter any vacuum effects. If there is a vacuum effect present the useof external blower fan will be required. Care should betaken that no excessive external contaminants are introduced into the cooling air stream. This could severely
short the alternator service life. It would be prudent toperform comparative measurements on the alternator todetermine the effectiveness of the external cooling air.
Installation without rubber mounting.

3,000

1

Ordering Information

3,500

25

4,000

49

110 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 606-02

5,000

83

6,000

101

7,000

113

8,000

122

9,000

129

10,000135

12,000144

15,000151

18,000156

Characteristic 140 A / Nascar

110 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 607-03
130 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 604-02
130 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 605-02
140 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number F 01E B01 857-02
140 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 603-02
140 A Nascar clockwise rotation
Order number F 02U V00 004-05

148 | Alternators and Starters | Alternators

Dimensions

3

Design 110/ 130 /140 A

Alternators and Starters | Alternators | 149

3

Design 140 A Nascar

150 | Alternators and Starters | Starters

Starter 1.4 kW

3Featuresu

1.4 kWu3,600 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,200 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Modul

2/11

Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.4 kW
Order number on request

1.4 kW

Alternators and Starters | Starters | 151

Dimensions3152 | Alternators and Starters | Starters

Starter 1.7 kW

3Featuresu

1.7 kWu3,600 x 1/minuTransmission ratio i 5.0

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

i 5.0

Module2/11

Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.7 kW
Order number on request

1.7 kW

Alternators and Starters | Starters | 153

Dimensions

3154 | Alternators and Starters | Starters

Starter 2.0 kW

3Featuresu

2.0 kWu4,700 x 1/minuTransmission ratio i 5.0

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

4,050 g

Revolutions

4,700 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

i 5.0

Module2/11

Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 2.0 kW
Order number on request

2.0 kW

Alternators and Starters | Starters | 155

Dimensions3156 | Alternators and Starters | Starters3

Sensors

4

Absolute Position Sensor

158

Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

160

Gear Shift Sensors

169

Knock Sensors

174

Lambda Sensors

178

Linear Potentiometers

189

Pressure Sensors Air

209

Pressure Sensors Differential

227

Pressure Sensors Fluid

231

Rotary Potentiometers

259

Speed Sensors

276

Temperature Sensors

301

Thermocouple Probes

329

Wire Potentiometers334

158 | Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor

Absolute Position Sensor APSC

Operating temperature range-40 to 120 °C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply(6.5) 10 to 17 V

Current

70 mA

Environment

4Magnet for APS-C

F 02U 002 465-01

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-03-05SB-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN+

Pin 4

CAN-

u

Contactless technology

Pin 5

Calibration pinu

CAN output

SleeveDR-25

u

Signal resolution: 0.7°

Wire size

AWG 24uWide operating temperature range

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the absolute angular
position of a still standing or rotating shaft.
The device uses Hall sensor technology to detect themagnetic flux density distribution of a magnet which ismounted frontal on the shaft. The absolute angle position value from the sensor is transmitted over CAN. The
sensor can be calibrated and configured with hard- andsoftware tools.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a contactless measuring principal, a wide temperature range and a motorsport connector.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The sensor is designed to measure the absolute angle of the camshaft
e.g. quick start application.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 MBaud).
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

Application
Measuring range

0 to 360°

Measuring principle

Hall-effectAngle reference type

Absolute

Signal revolution

0.703152°

Before the first operation, the sensor has to be calibrated. Please connect the calibration pin to 12 V.
To meet the specifications and to avoid errors, the distance between
sensor and the magnet has to be less than 2 mm.
To avoid measurement errors, the eccentricity between sensor andmagnet has to be as small as possible (< 0.3 mm).
To change the CAN-ID of the sensor, it can be programmed by the external CAN module EM-C.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Fixation

3 x M5

SealingO-ringWeight w/o wire

39 g

Size w/o wire

See Dimensions

Storage temperature range-40 to 120 °C

The angle position value can be set to zero via the external CAN module EM-C or by using the calibration pin.
Please note that for a correct functionality of the sensor a magnet witha material remanence of 1.03 Tesla is needed (not included, available
on request).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor | 159

Communication
Communication link

CAN

Application tool

EM-C or RaceCon

Signal output

CAN

CAN Baud rate

1 Mbaud

CAN refresh rate

700 HzOrdering Information
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C
Order number F 02U V00 086-01

Dimensions

4160 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

2 -axisu

Measurement range: ±4.5 gu

5 Hz low-pass filtered

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof lateral acceleration in two axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features two measuring elements for acceleration, in two integrated circuits.
The sensing element consists of a micro machined sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for high precision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application
Measuring range

x, y ±4.5 g

Max. vibration

5,000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigx

Pin 4

Sigy

Pin 5

Scr

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The AM 600-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

30 g

Size

24 x 27 x 13.5 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 Nm

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Order number B 261 209 311-04

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor | 161

Dimensions4162 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

3 -axisu

Measurement range: ±4,5 gu

5 Hz low-pass filtered

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof lateral acceleration in three axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor features three measuring elements for acceleration, in three integrated circuits. The sensing element consists of a micro machined
sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for highprecision measurement applications.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application
Measuring range

x, y, z ±4.5 g

Max. vibration

5,000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigy

Pin 4

Sigx

Pin 5

Sigz

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The AM 600-3 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

50 g

Size

24 x 27 x 29.8 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 Nm

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Order number B 261 209 313-02

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor | 163

Dimensions4164 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

200 mA

Power up time

< 150 ms

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174

4

Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate

1
2

Yaw STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc Y

5

Features6

Acc Y STAT

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178u

Yaw-rate, roll-rate and acceleration measurements

Byte

Value

u

2-axis accelerometer0

Roll Rateu

CAN-output

1

u

15 Hz low-pass filtered

2

Roll STATu

Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

3Reserved

4

Acc X

This sensor is designed to measure the acceleration andthe rate of turn in two axis (yaw rate Ωz, roll rate Ωx, lateral acceleration ay and longitudinal acceleration az).
An internal diagnosis indicates too high vibrations orturning rates. In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its
algorithm a very precise lean angle of motorcycles canbe calculated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud CAN- signal
output and the combination of high quality production
part and robust design.

Measuring range± 160°/s

Application

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Application I±160°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

5
6

AccX STAT

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.1 gTechnical Specifications

Over range limit±10 g

Mechanical Data

Absolute resolution

0.01 g
15 Hz

Weight w/o wire

96 g

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

Size

33 x 98 x 91 mm

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector

F 02U B00 240-01

Pin 1

GND

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor | 165

Pin 2

CANL

Ordering Information

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Order number F 02U V00 657-01

CAN Parameters
Byte order

Little endian, high-byte/lowbyte, IntelCAN speed

1 MBaud

CAN refresh rate

10 ms

Identifier length

11 bitBit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]

Bit combination of sensor status
Yaw_STAT, Roll_STAT, AccY_STAT and ACCX_STAT
Xx00 xxxx = signal in specification
Xx01 xxxx = sensor not available
Xx10 xxxx = signal failure
Xx11 xxxx = reserved
X1xx xxxx = initialization is running
X0xx xxxx = initialization is ready1xxx xxxx = reserved
0xxx xxxx = reserved

Installation Notes
Important: In order not to exceed the maximum vibration level, themount should be damped and not resonate.
For measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
The lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a MS 5 with motorcycle functionality.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

166 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor | 167

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

130 mACAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70
Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate 1

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y Axis

5

Features6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN_ID_02 0x80

u

Yaw rate and acceleration measurement

Byte

Value

u

CAN output

0

Yaw Angular Accelerationu

15 Hz low-pass filtered1uMeasurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

2This sensor is designed to measure the physical effectsof yawing, lateral and longitudinal acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor features both a measuring element for yaw rate and two for acceleration, with one
appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonal axis, a yaw rate,
creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers, which isdetected by the element. Apart from the measuring element for yaw rate, a pure surface micro machined measuring element for acceleration is utilized to measure thevehicles lateral and longitudinal acceleration. This enables a very precise application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output and the combination of high quality production part and robust design.

3

Application
Application I±160°/s

Application II±4.1 gOperating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Reserved

Acc X Axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range±160 °/s

Over range limit±1,000 °/s

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic Application I I
Measuring range±4.1 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Weight w/o wire

65 g

Size

34 x 80 x 84 mm

Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector

F 02U 002 235-01

Pin 1

GND

4

168 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensor

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

CAN Parameters

4

Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 MBaud/s

Bit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate 1

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Yaw Ang. Acc

0.125 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The YRS 3 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3
Order number 0 265 005 838

Dimensions

Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors | 169

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic
Signal Output

0,5 to 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

4

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Strain gauge technologyuMeasurement range: -450 to 450 Nu

Analog output

This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear
shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and robust design
with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.
Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

-90

2.141

Technical Specifications

-180

1.672

Mechanical Data

-270

1.255

Application
Measuring range-450 to 450 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Weight w/o wire

90 g

-360

0.820

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

-450

0.402

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up
to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

170 | Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors

4

Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Order number B 261 209 227-01

Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors | 171

Dimensions

4172 | Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

Tightening torque

22 Nm

Fmax

±1,000 N

Mech. load limit±3,000 N

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic

4

Signal output

0.2 to 4.8 V

Zero output(20 to 70°C) 2.5 V ±100 mV

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASU 0-03-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

u

Strain gauge technologyuMeasurement range: -1000 to +1000 Nu

Analog output

Installation Notesu

Carbon fiber housing

The GSS-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

This sensor is specifically designed for the use with motorcycle applications. The sensor measures the relative
force during gear shifting directly relaying data to the
ECU in order to gain max power from rapid up or down
shifting.
An electronic circuit composed of a precise strain gauge
and an integrated amplifier supplies a force-dependent
output signal. As soon as this signal exceeds a certain
threshold, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The carbon fiber housing achieves excellent protection
for the electronics and reduces the overall weight of thesensor.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are its
small dimensions, its minimal weight, its precise temperature compensation and its combination of highquality production and robust design with a motorsport
spec connector.

Application
Working range-1000 to +1000 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

30 g

Size

51 x 36 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M6

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M
Order number F 02U V00 354-01

Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors | 173

Dimensions

4174 | Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-P

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data

4

Features

Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wiresu

Engine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 1 to 20 kHzu

Robust designuIntegrated series connector

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector directly to thesensor.

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Connector

Y 280 A62 566A

Connector loom

D 261 205 337

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration canoccur.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS-P
Order number 0 261 231 120

Sensors | Knock Sensors | 175

Dimensions

4176 | Sensors | Knock Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-R

4

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

A 261 230 076

Mating connector

D 261 205 289

uEngine vibration measurements

Pin 1

Sig +

u

Measurement range 1 to 20 kHz

Pin 2

Sig -

u

Robust design

Pin 3

Scr

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor canbe tailored to customer requirements through specified
wire lengths and various connector options.

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

50 cm

Application

To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.

Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.

The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration canoccur.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data

Knock Sensor KS-R
Order number 0 261 231 047

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

Sensors | Knock Sensors | 177

Dimensions

4178 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data

Featuresu

Application: Lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide-bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 570°C

This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of Lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a universal sensor for Lambda 1 measurement as well as for other Lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor. The LSU operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.

Application

Power supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

Heater control frequency>2 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell80 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μA

Characteristic
Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy at Lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at Lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at Lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Mating connector

D 261 205 138

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)

930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 570°C

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

Connector temperature< 120°C

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LSU 4.2 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs.

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 179

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Order number 0 258 006 065

Dimensions

4180 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations
LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

4Features

Connector

1 928 404 682

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RELSU 4.9 with motorsports connectoruApplication: Lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

uWide band

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SNu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Pin 2

Uh- / H-uMax. Hexagon temperature 600°C

Pin 3

IP / APE

Pin 4

VM / IPN

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

IA / RT

This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band Lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of Lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for Lambda 1 measurement as well as forother Lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor. The LSU 4.9 operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport
ECUs and Lambda control units like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.

Application

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 bar

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩExhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µAHexagon temperature< 600°C

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Accuracy at Lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Characteristic

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 181

Accuracy at Lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Accuracy at Lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.

IP

UA [V]

Lambda-1.243

0.192

0.750

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.

-0.927

0.525

0.800

Protect the sensor against condensation water.

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

Ordering Information-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With automotive connector
Order number 0 258 017 025

0.015

1.515

1.010

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

32.5 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs andlambda control units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With motorsports connector
Order number B 261 209 356-05

4

182 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 183

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

4

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hzu

Lambda control for Diesel engines

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 Ω

u

Wide band

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µAu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

CharacteristicuMax. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines. Due to its protective tube the LSU 4.9D is especially designed for Diesel applications.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9D is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of Lambda =0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as anuniversal sensor for Lambda = 1 measurement as well as
for other Lambda ranges. The connector module contains a trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The LSU operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport
ECUs and Lambda control units like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust design combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.

Application

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy at lambda = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy at lambda = 1

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy at lambda = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

IP

UA [V]

Lambda-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞

0

1.500

1.003

Fuel compatibility

Diesel

0.015

1.515

1.010

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 bar

0.097

1.602

1.050

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

0.193

1.703

1.100

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

0.671

2.206

1.429

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

0.938

2.487

1.701

184 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

1.150

2.710

1.990

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

1 928 404 687

Mating connector

09 4421 01

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LSU 4.9D can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs andlambda control units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at a point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Order number 0 281 004 135

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 185

Dimensions

4186 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)On request

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

28 gLength60 mm

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

Electrical Data
Featuresu

Application: Lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide bandu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

uMax. Hexagon temperature 700°C

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell300 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic

This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range ofLambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being
used as an universal sensor for Lambda = 1 measurement as well as for other Lambda ranges. The connector
housing contains a trimming resistor, which defines thecharacteristic of the sensor. The Mini-LSU 4.9 operates
only in combination with a special LSU-IC, used in most
Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4.
The main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact
design in combination with the high quality Bosch production quality standard.

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Application

IP

UA [V]

Lambda-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞-0.040

1.458

0.990

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

0

1.500

1.003

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 bar

0.015

1.515

1.010

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

0.250

1.763

1.132

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

0.329

1.846

1.179

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

Connector temperature< 150°C

1.150

2.710

1.990

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 187

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 682

Connector loom

09 4421 01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

VM/IPN

Pin 3

Uh-/M-

Pin 4

Uh+/M+

Pin 5

IA/RT

Pin 6

UN/RE

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The Mini-LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and Lambda Control Units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use
only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
Order number B 258 490 103-20

4

188 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 189

Linear Potentiometer LP 10

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Featuresu

Measurement range 0 to 10 mmu

Low power consumptionuCompact design

The LP 10 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

The LP 10 is a short length linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the relative position of two point
e.g. the stabilizer movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with a hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 10 mm

Temperature range-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 gMin. length

50 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

1 mA

Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Order number B 261 209 535-01

4

190 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 191

Linear Potentiometer LP 25

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 200 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range 0 to 25 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Installation Notes
The LP 25 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing andlow power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Min. length

147 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 25
Order number B 261 209 547

4192 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 193

Linear Potentiometer
LP 25 twin

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range 0 to 25 mmuDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the gear position, throttle position or suspension movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Installation Notes
The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

60 gMin. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩLinear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Order number B 261 209 858

4194 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 195

Linear Potentiometer LP 50

Nominal resistance

4.7 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Max. current

1 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Mating connector

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Application

Linear Potentiometer LP 50
Order number B 261 209 133-01

Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-40 to 105°C

Storage temperature range-55 to 125°C

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 10 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

27 gMin. length

172 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP64

Max. shaft velocity

1.5 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

42 V

Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

196 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 197

Linear Potentiometer
LP 50 twin

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the gear position, throttle position or suspension movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
It works base on the linear tape potentiometer principle
where the distance traveled between the moving end to
the wiper is proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Installation Notes
The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

66 gMin. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩLinear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Order number B 261 209 859-01

4

198 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 199

Linear Potentiometer LP 75

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uMeasurement range: 0 to 75 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Order number B 261 209 856

4200 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 201

Linear Potentiometer LP 75F

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Mating connector

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Installation Notes
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩEach mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
Order number B 261 209 852-01

4

202 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 203

Linear Potentiometer LP 100

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Power supply

5V

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24uMeasurement range: 0 to 100 mm

Wire length L

15 to 25 cmu

Aluminum housing

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uLow power consumption

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Installation Notes
The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

227 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance

4 kΩLinear Potentiometer LP 100
Order number B 261 209 857-01

4204 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 205

Linear Potentiometer LP 100F

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Features

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Installation Notes
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

220 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Order number B 261 209 853-01

4

206 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 207

Linear Potentiometer LP 150

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cmu

Measurement range: 0 to 150 mm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

uAluminum housing

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Low power consumption

Installation Notes

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution

The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 150
Order number B 261 209 534

Application
Application

0 to 150 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

118 gMin. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

4

208 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 209

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %± 1.36 %Sensitivity

4,040 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5baru

Analog output

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronic systems for signal-amplificationand temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to 1.15
bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

Please see variations

Technical Specifications
Variations

Max. vibration

PSA-B (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PSA-B (0.2 to 2.50
bar)

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz

125 m/s2 at 440 Hz

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

4210 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSA-B
0.1 to 1.15 bar
Order number B 261 209 702-01
PSA-B
0.2 to 2.5 bar
Order number B 261 209 710-01

4Adapter for PSA-B
Order number B 261 209 725-01

Expansion of Tolerance

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 211

Dimensions4212 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C

Technical Specifications
Variations

4

PSA-C (0.2 to 1.05
bar)

PSA-C (0.2 to 2.50
bar)Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.017 bar± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.62 %± 1.68 %Sensitivity

5,000 mV/bar

1,532 mV/bar

Offset-600 mV

724 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Electrical Data
FeaturesPower supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

u

Absolute air pressure measurements

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 VuMeasurement range 0.2 to 1.05 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
barCurrent IS

9 mA

u

Analog output

uExternal tube connector

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. Air pressure is supplied tothe sensor via a tube connector. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and alow price.

Application
Application

Please see ordering informations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

10 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.2 to 1.05 bar

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 213

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.50 bar

Ordering Information
PSA-C
0.2 to 1.05 bar
Order number 0 261 230 037
PSA-C
1.05 to 2.50 bar
Order number 0 281 002 389

4Expansion of Tolerance

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 289

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

214 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 215

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

4

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.028 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

2236 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Features
OffsetuAbsolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 2.0 baruAnalog output

176 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

This sensor is designed for precise measurements of absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boostpressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances.

Application
Application

0.1 to 2.0 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at
440 Hz sine

Expansion of Tolerance

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12,05 mm

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

216 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

4

SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration data
sheet is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Order number B 261 209 337

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 217

Dimensions

4218 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 4.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short response time.

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1142 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

Application
Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Expansion of ToleranceSensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 219

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet
is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Order number B 261 209 348-01

4

220 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 221

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

4

Characteristic

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVToleranceuAbsolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.2 to 3.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and an electronic for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-H

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

222 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

Installation Notes
The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Order number B 261 209 690-01

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 223

Dimensions

4224 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PST

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

18 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic Application 1

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure and temperature measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %Sensitivity

4,047 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

Tolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure and air temperature, especially the air box pressureof gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal. An NTC resistance is used fortemperature measurements.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one
housing. A further benefit of the PST is the high qualityof the series part at a low price.

Application

Expansion of Tolerance

Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz
sine

Characteristic Application 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 225-30

26,114

Installation Notes-20

15,462-10

9,397

The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

25

2,057

For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pull-up at 5 V is recommended.

30

1,707

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).

40

1,175

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

50

834

60

596

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm

Tolerance

5%

Response time tau 63

45 s at air ; v = 6 m/s

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PST
Order number 0 261 230 022

4226 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential | 227

Pressure Sensor Differential
DP-A

Size

37 x 29 x 19 mm

Pressure port

5 mmElectrical Data
Power supply US

4.8 to 15 V

Max. Power supply US max.

15 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

4

Characteristic

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

0.1 msCompensated range

0 to 50°C

Thermal effects at 0 to 50°C rel.
to 25°C

0.1 % FS/°C

Non-linearity and hysteresis

0.1 % FSLong term stability (1 Mio cycles
or 1 year)± 0.2 % FS

Sensitivity

40,000 mV/bar
500 mVu

Relative air pressure measurements

Offsetu

Measurement range 0 to 0.1 bar

Connectors and Wiresu

Analog output

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HEu

Very short response time

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 2415 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the relative pressureof non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases e.g. dry air.
The sensor has two pressure connections for differential
pressure measurements. A typical application is themeasurement of air speed by using a pitot tube.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connector.

Application
Application

0 to 0.1 bar (r)Wire length L

Pressure reference typerelative

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Max. pressure

1,4 barOperating temp. range-20 to 70°C

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Media temp. range-20 to 70°C

Installation Notes

Storage temp. range-40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2, 10 to 500 Hz

Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases, such as dry air anddry gases.
The DP-A can be connected directly to most control units.

Technical Specifications

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Mechanical Data
Mounting

2 x M3Fitting

4.5 mmInstallation torque2 Nm

Weight w/o wire

58 g

For a correct functionality be sure that the range of supplied pressure
P2 ≥ P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

228 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
Order number B 261 209 696

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential | 229

Pressure Sensor Differential
DP-C

Weight w/o wire

24 g

Size

35 x 25 x 19 mm

Pressure port

5 mmElectrical Data
Power supply US

4.8 to 15 V

Max. power supply US max.

15 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Relative air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 0.1 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure the relative pressureof non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases e.g. dry air.
The sensor has two pressure connections for differential
pressure measurements. A typical application is themeasurement of air speed by using a pitot tube.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connector.

Application
Application

0 to 0.1 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

1.4 barOperating temp. range-20 to 70°C

Media temp. range-20 to 70°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2, 10 to 500 Hz

Response time T10/90

0.1 msCompensated range

0 to 50°C

Thermal effects at 0 to 50°C rel.
to 25°C

0.1 % FS/°C

Non-linearity and hysteresis

0.1 % FSLong term stability (1 Mio cycles
or 1 year)± 0.2 % FS

Sensitivity

40,000 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases, such as dry air anddry gases.

Technical Specifications

The DP-C can be connected directly to most control units.

Mechanical Data

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Mounting

2 x M2.5

Fitting

2.6 mmInstallation torque

2 Nm

For a correct functionality be sure that the range of supplied pressure
P2 ≥ P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

4

230 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C
Order number B 261 209 701-01

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 231

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US = 5 V

100 mV

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 11.0 baruAnalog output

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Variations

Power supply US

Power supply US

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

232 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSC-104.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 304-01
PSC-108 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 079-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 233

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-10R (5 V)

PSC-10R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 10 baruAnalog output

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Application

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barApplication

0 to 10 bar (r)Tolerance (FS)±1%

Pressure reference typerelative

Sensitivity

Please see variations

Max. pressure

20 barOffsetPlease see variations

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Connectors and WiresMedia temp. range

Please see variations

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Bio fuel compatibility

-

Pin 1

US

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

4

234 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

4

The PSC-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSC-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 303
PSC-10R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 305-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 235

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-250R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-250R (5 V)

PSC-250R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 250 baruAnalog output

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Application

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barApplication

0 to 250 bar (r)Tolerance (FS)±1%

Pressure reference typerelative

Sensitivity

Please see variations

Max. pressure

500 barOffsetPlease see variations

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Connectors and WiresMedia temp. range

Please see variations

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Bio fuel compatibility

-

Pin 1

US

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

4

236 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

4

The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSC-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 02U V00 430-01
PSC-250R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 306-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 237

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35,2 g

Sealingsealed cone

4

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementu

0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluiduRobust and compact designuHigh robustness against vibrations

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barInstallation Notes

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

238 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F02U V00 990-02
Accessories

4

Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

Sensor

AdapterSensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 239

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM

Technical Specifications
Variations
0 to 120 to 250

Measuring range

0 to 12 bar

0 to 250 bar

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.12 bar± 2.5 barMax. pressure

24 bar500 barMechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

16 mmInstallation torque

10 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.5 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

8 to 16 V

Full scale output UA 4.9 V± 1.5 %

Current IS

25 mA

u

Absolute fluid pressure measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 12 bar or 0 to
250 barCharacteristic
Compensated range

0 to 120°C

uHigh robustness against vibrations

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see VariationsuCompact design

Tolerance (FS)±1%uAnalog output

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically.
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered witheach sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Application

Please see Variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

Please see Variations

Operating temp. range-20 to 120°C

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Media temp. range-20 to 120°C

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Installation Notes

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 5,000
Hz (sine)

The PSM can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

4240 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

PSM
0 to 12 bar
Order number B 261 209 331
PSM
0 to 250 bar
Order number B 261 209 332-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 241

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S

Technical Specifications
Variations
0 to 120 to 70

Measuring range

0 to 12 bar

0 to 70 bar

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.24 bar± 0.7 barTolerance (FS)

±2%

±1%

Max. pressure

36 bar

210 barMechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

13 mmInstallation torque

6 Nm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 6.07 x 1.62 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

8 to 16 V
4.7 V ± 1.5 %uAbsolute fluid pressure measurements

Full scale output UA

uPressure measurement range 0 to 12 bar or 0 to
70 barCharacteristicuHigh robustness against vibrationsuCompact designuAnalog output

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically.
An individual calibration sheet will be delivered witheach sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application

Compensated range

0 to 125 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Application

0 to 12 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

Please see variations

Operating temp. range-55 to 140°C

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Media temp. range-55 to 140°C

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 10,000
Hz (sine)

Installation Notes
The PSM-S can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

4242 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

PSM-S
0 to 12 bar, 36 bar, ± 0.24 bar, ± 2%
Order number F 01T A21 315-01
PSM-S
0 to 70 bar, 210, 36 bar, ± 0.7 bar, ± 1%
Order number F 01T A21 316-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 243

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Full scale output Ua

10 to 90% US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US=5 V

100 mV

Mating connector

261 205 339

261 205 334

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

Please see variationsuAbsolute fluid pressure measurements

Max power supply US max± 30 Vu

Measurement range 0.5 to 11.0 bar

Full scale output UA

Please see variationsuAnalog output

Current IS

8 mA

u

Integrated series connector

Characteristic

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique.
These are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.

Application

Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please variations

OffsetPlease variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Mating connector

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Pin 1

GND

Max. pressure

20 bar

Pin 2

SIG

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 3

US

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Pin 4

-

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Pin 5

-

Bio fuel compatibility-

SleeveDR-25

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

2

Technical Specifications
Variations

Power supply US

PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V4244 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-104.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 341-01
PSS-108 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 064-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 245

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output Ua

10 to 90% US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5V

400 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US=5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

D 261 205 339

D 261 205 334

Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 10 baruAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil, air). The sensor
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

4

246 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

Installation Notes
The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 01T A21 312-01
PSS-10R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 307

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 247

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-100R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R (5 V)

PSS-100R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

261 205 339

261 205 334

Mechanical Data
Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 100 baruAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 100 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

200 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

Please see variations

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

SleeveDR-25

4248 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units.

4

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 347-01
PSS-100R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 310

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 249

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-250R (5 V)

PSS-250R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5V

16 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

261 205 339

261 205 334

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

u

Relative fluid pressure measurements

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Measurement range 0 to 250 bar

Installation torque

15 Nm

u

Analog output

Weight w/o wire

45 g

u

Integrated series connector

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low priceApplication

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barPressure reference typerelative

Tolerance (FS)±1%

Max. pressure

500 barSensitivity

Please see variations

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Connectors and Wires

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

4

250 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 965-01
PSS-250R
8 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 067-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 251

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic
Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementu

0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluiduRobust and compact design

The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 334-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barPlease do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Max. vibration

127 m/s RMS at 800 to 2,500
Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

2

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mmPressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0 261 545 030

4252 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Accessories
Adapter
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

4

Sensor

AdapterSensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 253

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6

Weight without wire

30 g

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque11.5 Nm

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output P

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1
Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurements

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Output load

10 kΩ

Sensitivity

727 mV/bar

Offset

500 mVu

Pressure measurement range 0.5 to 6.0 bar

Characteristic 2uTemperature measurement range -40 to 125°C

T [°C]R [Ω]uAnalog output-40

45,303This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure
and temperature of various kinds of fluids e.g. Diesel,
gasoline, oil or transmission oil.
The PST-F is equipped with a piezo-resistive pressure
sensor element integrated in a silicon chip together withsignal processing electronics. The active surface of thischip is exposed to a reference vacuum. The temperature
sensor element is an NTC-resistor.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (fluid pressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing.

-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,671

10

3,791

20

2,499

30

1,706

Application

40

1,174

50

834

60

595

70

436

80

322

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

125

100

Response Time tau 63

45 s in air; v = 6 m/s

Application 1

0.5 to 6 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Referenceabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Biofuel compatibility

E22, M15

Max. vibration

40 m/s2 at 1 to 250 Hz
60 m/s2 at 250 to 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 at 260 to 3,200 Hz

4254 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter is recommended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

4

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Order number 0 261 230 147

Tolerance

Expansion of Tolerance

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 255

Dimensions

4256 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque

40 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA (V)

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

Pressure: 0,2 to 0,8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (response timeof temperature signal in oil dip
bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5% at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°Cu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 280 bar

Sensitivity

14,3 mV/bar @ US = 5 VuTemperature measurement range -40°C to 140°C

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 VThis sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline
pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection
systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion ofa steel diaphragm, where strain gauges are placed toform a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal is proportional to the pressure and is processed in an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by a NTCThermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its compact design and the integration of two functions (pressure and temperature measurements) in one housing.

Application
Application 1

0 to 280 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 140°C

Reference

Absolute

Max. pressure p_absmax

340 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Biofuel compatibility

E26

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1350 Hz
175 m/s2 at 1350 to 2000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,240

30

8,218

40

5,642

50

3,955

60

2,826

70

2,055

80

1,519

90

1,141

100

868.4

110

669.9

120

523.2

130

413.3

140

330.0

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 257

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating Connector

F02U B00 596-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

NTC

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For the temperature measurement, please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value 4.6kOhm.
Please note that using the adapter F02U 002 956-01 in connection
with the PST-F 2 the ambient conditions could be changed (e.g. medium temperature dissipation or undesired vibrations).
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://
www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System available at http://www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2
Order number 0 261 B10 554-00
Accessories
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter
Order number F02U 002 956-01

258 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 259

Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/
130-/350-M

Connector

ASL
6-06-05PAHE

KPTA
6E6-4P-CDN

ASL
6-06-05PAHE

Mating connectorASL
0-06-05SAHE

KPTA
1E6-4S-CDN

ASL
0-06-05SAHE

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see Variations

Current IS

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

Please see Variations

CharacteristicuRotational movement measurement

Direction of rotationu

Measurement range: 0 to 50°, 0 to 130° or 0 to
350°

Both rotation directions are available on request.

uRobust aluminum housinguWide operating temperature range

These sensors are designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housings and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensors are fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of these sensors is the combination ofhigh accuracy, very robust aluminum housing and motorsport spec connection.

Application
Measuring range

Please see Variations

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

Anti-clockwise

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Mating connector

Please see Variations

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Variations
RP 50-M

RP 130-M

RP 350-M

Measuring range

0 to 50°

0 to 130°

0 to 350°

Total resistance

3 kΩ

4 kΩ

8 kΩ

Max. allowablecontact current

1 mA

10 mA

1 mA

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

260 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M
Order number B 261 209 571-01

4

Rotary Potentiometer RP 130-M
Order number B 261 209 576
Rotary Potentiometer RP 350-M
Order number B 261 209 577-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 261

Rotary Potentiometer RP 55

Characteristic
Temp. coefficient

50 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cmuRotational movement measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 55°

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uQuill shaft mounting

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. spring travel.
A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive
element which is supplied with voltage. Thus a voltage
proportional to the angle can be measured. The housing
is made of shock resistant aluminum. The internals are
made of high temperature resistant synthetic material.
The main benefit of this sensor is the special way ofmounting with a quill shaft.

Application

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application

0 to 55°

Operating temperature range-25 to 75°C

Storage temperature range-25 to 105°C

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 30 to 500 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Order number B 261 209 578-01

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

59 g

Protection class

IP63

Mounting

di 6 mm

Lifetime

5 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Total resistance5 kΩ

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

4

262 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 263

Rotary Potentiometer RP 86

Total resistance

2 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

18 µA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
RedundancyNo

4Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 334

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-uRotational movement measurement

SleeveDR-25

u

Measurement range: 0 to 86°

Wire size

AWG 24uCompact design

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and extremely short dimensions

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

0 to 86°

Angle between internal mechanical stops

95°

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

700 m/s2

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.65x2 sealing.

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data

Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
Order number 0 280 122 016

Weight w/o wire

26 g

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V264 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 265

Mechanical Data

Rotary PotentiometerRP 100/130/308

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see variations

Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic

FeaturesMax. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on requestuRotational movement measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 100°, 0 to 130° or 0 to
308°

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HEu

Wide operating temperature range

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and motorsports spec connection.

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application

Please see variations

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Variations

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
RP 100RP 130RP 308Each mounting orientation is possible.

Measuring range

0 to 100°

0 to 130°

0 to 308°

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Total resistance

3 kΩ ± 20 %3 kΩ ± 20 %5 kΩ ± 20 %Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com

4266 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ordering Information
RP 100Order number B 261 209 127-01

4

RP 130Order number B 261 209 128-02
RP 308Order number B 261 209 570-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 267

Rotary PotentiometerRP 100 twin

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ±20 %Current IS

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementu

Dual output

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100°uWide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high reliability through the redundant sensor design.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig1

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig2

Application

0 to 100°

SleeveDR-25

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 24Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

2

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Installation Notes

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Housing

Synthetic material

Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

268 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.boschmotorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System (www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin
Order number B 261 209 591-02

4

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 269

Rotary Potentiometer MiniRP 100-M

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ± 20%

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HEu

Rotational movement measurement

Pin 1 (A)USu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°

Pin 2 (B)GnduCompact design

Pin 3 (C)Sigu

Robust housing

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofhigh accuracy, motorsports spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminum housing.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Application
Application

0 to 100°

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Ordering Information

Mounting

2 x M4

Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Order number B 261 209 587-01

4270 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 271

Rotary Potentiometer RP 345M

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

5 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires
Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range: 0 to 345°u

Robust aluminum housinguWide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing is made of shock resistant aluminum. The internal is made of high temperature resistant synthetic material. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in ashrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and very tough aluminum housing.

Application
Application

0 to 345°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Technical Specifications

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

4

272 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
Order number F 01T A21 400

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 273

Rotary Potentiometer RP 360H

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

20 x 106 operations of ±75°

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated

Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kΩ

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range

0.5 to 4.5 V

Output load

10 kΩ

Characteristic

FeaturesMax. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient< 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode
Anti-clockwiseuRotational movement measurement

Direction of rotationuHall effect technology

Both rotation directions are available on request.

uMeasurement range: 0 to 360°

RedundancyuAnalogue output 0.5 to 4.5 V

No

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Application

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

16

Application

0 to 360°

Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C (5 V supply)

Storage temperature range-55 to 140°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

< 35 gProtection class

IP68

Connectors and Wires

4

274 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.

4

Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.
Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 137°C (9V supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 0.57°C for every 1 V increase in supply, e.g. -40 to 125°C at 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available
on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V00 641-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 2754276 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAD 90

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic

4

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment
Features

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmuWheel/camshaft*/crankshaft speed

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmuSame housing as Inductive sensor IS-M

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmuVery high precision measurement

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmu

Self-learning

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmu

Measuring of differences with 2 Hall sensors

Number of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft or wheelspeed), but it is not a “true power-on” sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-D, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of ahigh quality production part and robust design with asmall housing.
*: see Installation Notes

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Application

Speed

SleeveDR-25

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Wire size

AWG 24

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩInstallation Notes

Output type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤ 50 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of
two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotationof the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two teeth.

Technical Specifications

The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems

Mechanical Data

Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 277

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Order number F 02U V00 334-01

Dimensions

4278 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data

4
FeaturesWeight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm
6 Nm

u

Camshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Tightening torqueuMax. frequency 10 kHz

Electrical Datau

Self-learning

Power supply

5 to 18 Vu

Active high/low programmable

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

uSame housing as Inductive sensor IS-M

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal. We offer
this sensor with two different types of output: Active
high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Pin layout

Please see Variations

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Variations
Active low with connector / active high with connector
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SN-HE

Pin 1

US

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 279

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
HA-M
Active low
Order number B 261 209 283-01
HA-M
Active highOrder number B 261 209 295-01
HA-M
Active high, without connector
Order number F 02U V00 627-01

Dimensions

4280 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic

4

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

Featuresu

Wheel/camshaft speedu24.0 mm depthuRobust designuActive low

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Application

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output type

Active low

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOrdering Information

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Order number 0 232 103 037

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 g

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 281

Dimensions

4282 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAP2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth
up to 1.5 mm
up to 2.5 mm< 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Hirschmann 872-658-501
Cod.A

15 mm depth

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

uVery small housing

Pin 1

US

u

Very light weight

Pin 2

Sig

u

Active low

Pin 3

Gnd

u

Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speeduThis sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part, robust design,
very small housing and low weight.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Depth of teeth h1

3.4 mmApplication

Number of teeth

60-2

Application

Speed

Installation Notes

Max. frequency≤10 kHz

Application Notes

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

The HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩPlease avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Output type

Active low

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mTMax. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 283

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Order number 0 232 103 111

Dimensions

4284 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P

4

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

1 234 482 092

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

US

Gnd

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

US

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

u

Wheel/camshaft speeduMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

uHigh vibration resistanceu

Low weight

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)u

Small housing

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Characteristic

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects
this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Application

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Application

Speed

Connectors and Wires

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Connector

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩWire size

AWG 20

Output type

Active low

Wire length L< 27 cm

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mT

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please see Variations

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 285

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 564-02
Mini-HA-P
1 234 482 092
Order number F 02U V00 566-02

Dimensions

4286 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

4Sensors | Speed Sensors | 287

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Datau

Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed

Power supply

5 to 18 VuMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

Current IS

10 mA

u

High vibration resistance

CharacteristicuVery small housinguO-ring sealing

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust design with a very small housing.

Application

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Application

Speed

Connectors and Wires

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Connector

Please see Variations

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 20

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩWire length L< 27 cm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mT

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

288 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units
and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

4

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P sealed
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 500-01
Mini-HA-P sealed
without connector
Order number F 02U V00 570-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 289

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Application

Speed

Pin 1

-

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Pin 2

Gnd

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Pin 3

Sig

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Pin 4

-

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Pin 5

Scr

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

290 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Order number B 261 209 519-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 291

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Electrical Data
Coil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Output voltage max.

200 VP-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu24.0 mm, 315° depth/leaduBore diameter 18 mm

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, compact design.

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Installation Notes

Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

18 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm

Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

4292 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Order number 0 261 210 136

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 293

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 V P-P

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Crankshaft/wheel speed

Connectors and Wiresu32.2 mm depth/lead

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HEu

Bore diameter 12.5 mm

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HEuMax. operating temperature 230°C

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

294 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Order number B 261 209 517-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 295

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Installation depth L2

24.1 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance340 Ω

Inductance max.

64 mH

Environment

Featuresu

Wheel speedu

3/8-24 UNF-2A THDuBore diameter 12.9 mm

uMetal housing

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part with very compact design,and high temperature resistance.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.9 mm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

Max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

296 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Order number B 261 209 609-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 297

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M

Electrical Data
Coil resistance390 ΩInductance max.

75 mH

Output voltage max.

55 VP-P

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm60-2

uCrankshaft/wheel speed

Number of teethuSame housing as Hall-Sensor HA-M

Connectors and Wiresu

Low weight

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HEu

Max. operating temperature 225°C

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrevolutions and angles at engine and chassis applications.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options and different installation depths.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high quality production part and a robust, compact
design.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.25 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 225°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic poleRound, 2.36 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

4

298 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-M is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimension has to be used (see Environment),
the technical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth can be changed individually according the customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
Order number F 02U V00 693-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 299

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

Electrical Data
Coil resistance30 Ω

Inductance max.

2.6 mH

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wiresu

Turbocharger speed

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HEu

Max. 15 mm depth/leadMating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HEu

Bore diameter 6.3 mm

Pin 1

Nc

u

Metal housing

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed of a turbo charger.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is robustness, a very
compact design and high temperature resistance.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.1 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

6.3 mmTightening torque1.4 NmWeight w/o wire

14 g

Installation depth L2

20 mm

4

300 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
This inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo charger.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
Order number B 261 209 662-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 301

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

180

167.6

200

118.5

Technical Specifications

220

86.08

Mechanical Data

240

64.08

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureuCompact and robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Male thread

M5x1

260

48.76

Wrench size

8 mm

280

37.86

Installation torque

8 Nm

300

29.94

Weight w/o wire

6g

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

4302 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F 02U V00 510-01

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 303

Dimensions

4304 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M6

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25 °C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25°C

15 kΩCharacteristic

4

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.1°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 4.4°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

±5%Response time tau 63 in still water<9s

Characteristic Application

Featuresu

Measurement range: -55 to 125°C

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

1,493,300-35

366,720-20

145,880-10

83,317This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk
which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG
24 wire. To improve the response time, the element ismolded into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

049,254

10

29,95920

18,73225

15,00030

12,012

40

7,894

50

5,356

60

3,651

70

2,545

Application

80

1,804

Application-55 to 125°C

90

1,301

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

100

945

Bio fuel compatibiliy

-

110

704

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

120

528

125

460

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 305

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6
Order number B 261 209 386-01

Dimensions4306 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25°C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25°C

49.12 kΩCharacteristic

4

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.84°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 1.5°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

8%

Response time tau 63 in still water<7s

Characteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ω]-25657,350-15

365,0400

162,210

10

98,322

25

49,120This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk
which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG
24 wire. To improve the response time, the element ismolded into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofboth high quality production part and a robust, compact
design. It is especially designed to measure high temperatures (up to 300°C).

40

26,06560

12,140

80

6,119

100

3,300

120

1,885

140

1,132

160

710

180

463

200

312

220

217

Application

240

155

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -25 to 300°C

Application-25 to 300°C

260

113

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

280

85

Bio fuel compatibility

-

300

64

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 307

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Order number B 261 209 989-01

Dimensions

4308 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

10 kΩ

Characteristic

4

Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its very short response time.

Application

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

Application-55 to 300 °C

120

578.1

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

130

459.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

140

368.8

Technical Specifications

150

298.9

Mechanical Data

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 309

240

64.08

250

55.75

260

48.76

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F 02U V00 486-01

310 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 311

Temperature Sensor NTC M8

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25°C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25°C

15 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.1°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 4.4°C

Rel. resistance tolerance±5%

Response time tau 63 in still water< 11 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

1,493,300-35

366,720-20

145,880-10

83,317uMeasurement range: -55 to 125°C

049,254u

Robust design

10

29,959This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk
which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG
24 wire. To improve the response time, the element ismolded into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

20

18,73225

15,00030

12,012

40

7,894

50

5,356

60

3,651

70

2,545

80

1,804

90

1,301

Application

100

945

110

704

120

528

125

460

Application-55 to 125°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 to 5 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

10 g

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

4

312 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8
Order number B 261 209 384-01

Dimensions

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 313

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water63<4s

Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C-1044,087uVery short response time

027,936uStrong protection against ambient temperature

10

18,187u

Robust design

20

12,136This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design
and its very short response time.

25

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

Application

100

946.6

Application-55 to 300°C

110

735.5

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

120

578.1

Bio fuel compatibility

-

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8g

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

4

314 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

240

64.08

250

55.75

260

48.76

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F 02U V00 509-01

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 315

Dimensions4316 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 5 %Characteristic

4

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

u

Measurement range: -40 to 130°C

10

3,792

u

Robust design

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Weight w/o wire

29 g

Sealing

Not included

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 288

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 317

Installation Notes
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0 280 130 026

Dimensions

4318 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M12H

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

4

Featuresu

Measurement range: -40 to 150°C

u

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 20°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 337

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 319

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0 281 002 170

Dimensions

4320 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M12L

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response Time tau 63 in still water< 10 sCharacteristic Application

4

Featuresu

Measurement range: -40 to 140°Cu

Air temperature measurementu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g.
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance ± 5%

2.5 kΩ at 20°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 321

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0 280 130 039

Dimensions

4322 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor PT 200E

4Featuresu

Exhaust gas temperature measurementsuWide measurement range: -40 to 1,000°Cu

Short response time

The PT 200E is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,000°C.
The sensor element has a positive temperature coefficient. This means, that with increasing ambient temperature the conductivity decreases and the resistancerises. The opened housing exposes the sensor directly
into the gas flow in order to improve its performance.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its wide measurement range.

Application
Application-40 to 1,000°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Characteristic Application
T [°C]

R [Ω]

-40

170

-25

181

0

201

25

220

50

239

75

257

100

276

150

313

200

349

250

385

300

420

350

454

400

488

450

521

500

554

550

586

600

618

650

649

700

679

750

709

800

738

850

767

900

795

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M14x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Weight w/o wire

55 g

Connectors and Wires

Electrical Data
Characteristic

PTC

Characteristic
Accuracy at -40 to 200°C± 3°C

Relative resistance tolerance at> 200°C± 1.5 %

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

n.c.

Pin 2

SIG+

Pin 3

SIG-

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 323

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Various motorsports and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The PT 200E can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Please check the offer drawing for a correct mounting orientation.
Please use the mounting part for a correct fixation of the sensor (notincluded, available on request).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Order number F 02U V00 811-01
Accessories
Temperature Sensor PT 200E Adapter
Order number F 02U 000 847-01

Dimensions

Temperature Sensor PT 200E

Temperature Sensor PT 200E Adapter

4324 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensors Infrared
TI-16-r/-sTechnical Specifications
Variations
TI-16-r

TI-16-s

Optimized formeasuring of

RubberSteel

Emissivity (predefined)

0.95

0.80

Mechanical Data

4

Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

42 g

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

5 to 28 Vu

Non-contact temperature measurement

Max power supply US

28 V

u

Measurement range: 0 to 160°C

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 VuAnalog output (0 to 5 V)

Current IS

9 mA

u

Compact size and robust housing

Characteristic

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Variations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120°C

Temperature resolution at Tobj <
100°C

0.1°C

System accuracy at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 1.5°C or 1.5 %Repeatability at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 0.75°C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C
0 mV

Application

0 to 160°C

OffsetOperating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120°C

Connectors and Wires

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70°C

Storage temperature range

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE-40 to 85°C

Pin 1

US

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 325

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20°C to160°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
TI-16-r
Order number F 01T A21 207-01
TI-16-sOrder number F 01T A21 209-01

Dimensions

4326 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensors Infrared
TI-100-s/-cTechnical Specifications
Variations
TI-100-s

TI-100-C

Optimized formeasuring of

Steel

CarbonEmissivity (predefined)

0.80

0.75

Mechanical Data

4

Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

42 g

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

5 to 28 Vu

Non-contact temperature measurement

Max power supply US

28 V

u

Measurement range: 0 to 1,000°C

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 VuAnalog output (0 to 5 V)

Current IS

9 mA

u

Compact size and robust housing

Characteristic

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Variations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120°C

Temperature resolution at Tobj <
100°C

0.1°C

System accuracy at 23°C tamb or
max. value± 1.5°C or 1.5 %Repeatability at 23°C tamb or max.
value

± 0.75°C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C
0 mV

Application

0 to 1,000°C

OffsetOperating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120°C

Connectors and Wires

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70°C

Storage temperature range

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE-40 to 85°C

Pin 1

US

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 at 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 327

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The TI-100 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20°C to 1,000°C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
TI-100-s
Order number F 01T A21 210-01
TI-100-c
Order number F 01T A21 211-01

4

328 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions

4

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 329

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Featuresu

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: -200 to 1,000°C (1,300°C)u

Flexible mounting depthuAnalog output (Thermo voltage)

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which generates a small temperature corresponding voltage, due totheir thermo electrical behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
quick response time, the combination of high quality
production part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsport connector.

Application
Application-200 to 1,000°C (1,300)°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Characteristic Application
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C]-200

U [mV]-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905700

29.129800

33.275900

37.3261,000

41.2761,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.410Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig+

Pin 3

Sig-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Src

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mechanical Data

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Male thread

See adapter

Wrench size

See adapter

Installation Notes

Installation torqueSee adapter

Weight with wire

47 g

The TCP K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which amplify the sensor voltage.

Sensor tip bend radius

R 20

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

Full scale output

DIN IEC 584-1

Recommended max. continuous utilization temperature 1,000°C,
short-term utilization temperature 1,300°C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special
adapter (B 261 209 159-01).

4

330 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Order number B 261 209 385-01

4

Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter
Order number B 261 209 159-01

Dimensions

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 331

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

12 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

Features

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

u

Thermocouple Type K

900

3,638

u

Thermo material: NiCr-Ni

1,000

4,022

u

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

1,100

4,396

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage, due to its thermoelectric behavior, without any additional external energy
source. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle
which includes two inner wires made of thermo material(Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires are isolated. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. Please
note that the operating temperature of the external
electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

F 02U B00 292-01

Application

0 to 1,250°C

Mating connector

D 261 205 357

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Technical Specifications

Pin 3

US

Mechanical Data

Pin 4

-

Male thread

M12x1

Pin 5

-

Wrench size

17 mm

SleeveDR-25

Installation torque

15 Nm

Wire size

AWG 24Weight with wire

85 g

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Length250 mm4

332 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Installation Notes
The TCP KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5
V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.

4

Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Order number F 02U V00 264-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter
Order number F 02U V01 185-01

Dimensions

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 333

4
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter

334 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 35

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

4

Featuresu

Measurement range 0 to 38 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application
Application

0 to 38 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

290 m/s2

Max. wire tension

1.7 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 35 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Order number B 261 209 541

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

38.1 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

5 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 335

Dimensions

4336 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 50

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 50 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

400 m/s

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

2

Technical Specifications

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

50.8 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Order number B 261 209 542

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 337

Dimensions

4338 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 75

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm

uCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

170 m/s2

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Possible mechanical range

76.2 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Order number B 261 209 543

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 339

Dimensions

4340 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 100

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

4

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

u

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mm

uCompact design

Pin 5

-

u

Analog output: 0 to 5 V

SleeveDR-25

The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Application

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

90 m/s2

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Order number B 261 209 544

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

57 g

Possible mechanical range

101.6 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 43.3 x 12.5 mm

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 341

Dimensions

4342 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 120

Resistance tolerance

0.15 %

Non-linearity

1%

Connectors and Wires

4

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

uMeasurement range: 0 to 120 mmuCompact design

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

uAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

Installation Notes

The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application

The WP 120 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Application

0 to 120 mm

Temperature range-15 to 60°C

Max. wire tension

2.2 N

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

120 mmMounting

2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8

Life expectancy

1 x 106 cycles

Dimensions

45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

25 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Order number F 01T A21 250

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 343

Dimensions

4344 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer WP 125

Life expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 50.5 x 13.2 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 125 mmuCompact designuAnalog output: 0 to 5 V

The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which is designed
to measure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electrical signal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Application
Application

0 to 125 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125°C

Max. wire acceleration

80 m/s2

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause
damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on thewire at all times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 125
Order number B 261 209 545

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

127.5 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmSensors | Wire Potentiometers | 345

Dimensions

4346 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

4Brake Control

5

ABS M4 Kit

348

348 | Brake Control | ABS M4 Kit

Electrical Data

ABS M4 Kit

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration

5

Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function switch:

Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wire
harness is included in the kit. The ABS M4 is specifically
adapted for motorsports use. Individual car parameters
can be calibrated with software free of charge.

Technical Specifications
Variations
ABS M4 Kit 1

ABS M4 Kit 2

Customer specific wire harness
with motorsport connectors,
wheel speed sensors with production-type connectors

Customer specific wire harness
with motorsport connectors,
wheel speed sensors with motorsport connectors• 9 switch positions preconfigured• 2 switch positions programmable• 1 switch position for ABS
function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
Control of internal ABS valves
Control of pump motor

Optional Accessories
Additional package ASR (Traction control), includes software,
map switch and CAN module

on request

Additional package EBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)

on request

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Wheel speed signal splitters:

Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic high pressure pumps
2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each• Single, without connectors

F 02U V00 225-01• Single, motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 209-01• Quad, 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 203-03• Quad, 1 motorsport connector

F 02U V00 335-03

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-01

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Content of Kit

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Communication
CAN interface

Pressure sensor

Brake Control | ABS M4 Kit | 349

Yaw/acceleration sensor
12 position function switch
4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard
ABS warning light
Vehicle specific wire harness
Vibrations damping boards

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit 1
Order number F 02U V00 289-01
ABS M4 Kit 2
Order number F 02U V00 290-01

Dimensions

Wheel Speed Sensor

5350 | Brake Control | ABS M4 Kit

5Displays

6

Displays352

352 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 7

Recording channels

up to 720

Upload rate

1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

148 x 126 x 32 mm

Weight440 g

Dust and splash water proof housing

6

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
FeaturesuFreely programmable dash loggeruLarge trans-reflective multi colour displayuLight weight synthetic material housingu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

The display DDU 7 integrates a programmable colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsport applications. This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from 6 analogue and 4 digital input
channels. Additional input devices can be connected via
Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via highspeed Ethernet.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

6Wheel speed inputs (Hall-effect)

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmDF 11 inputs

On request

Environment

Application
Display• 5,7” graphic colour display• 12 user configurable
display pages• 10 multicolor freely
configurable (RGB)
LEDs

External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658

External switch for brightness adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659

USB flash drive and connector are available on request
Software Upgrade 1

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Software Upgrade 2

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Acquisition rate

up to 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Data acquisition

up to 100 kB/s

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V01 134-01

F 02U V01 133-02

Displays | Displays | 353

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector,
AS 2-14-35PN at DDU7

37 pins

Mating connector, AS 6-14-35SN

F02U 000 453-01

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Display DDU 7
Order number F 02U V01 130-01

6354 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 8

Online data compression
Data acquisition rate

Max. 200 kB/s

Recording channels

Max. 720

Upload rate

1,000 kB/s

3-port network switch
CCP-master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocolTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data

6
FeaturesSize

161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm

Weight675 g

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Datau

Full programmable multi colour display

Supply voltage

8 to 18 Vu

2 GB dash logger (opt.)

14 W at 14 Vu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)uMulti colour (RGB) gearshift lights

The display DDU 8 integrates a programmable full color
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsports applications. This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from up to 24 analog and 4 digital input channels. Additional input devices can be connected
via the ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from theinternal 2 GB logger (opt.) can be downloaded via highspeed ethernet or via wireless connection with the
BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 8 is sold as display only. Software upgrades for the DDU 8 (field upgradable by entering a key) activate data logger functionality, additional
recording on USB flash drive, CCP-master and additional
input channels.

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (Low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V/350 mA

1

SoftwareConfiguration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Application
Display• 5” graphic colour display• Multiple user configurable display pages• 10 multi colour (RGB)
gearshift lights

Resolution

800 x 480 high resolution pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659

USB flash drive and connector are available on request.
Software Upgrade 1

Configurable math channels

Activation of internal data logger

2 GB

User configurable CAN in/out messages

Telemetry support

BT 60

Acquisition rateLong range telemetry support

FM 40

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Displays | Displays | 355

Interface for telemetry (on yellow connector)

RS232

Ordering Information

F 02U V00 701-01

Display DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 873-05

Software Upgrade 2
Yellow connector unlocked
GPS input
Additional analog channels

20

Additional rotational channels(Input Hall/inductive)4

Additional sensor supplies 5
V/350 mA

3

Additional sensor supply 10
V/350 mA

1

Additional sensor supply 12 V/1
A non regulated

1

Interface for GPS

RS232
F 02U V00 702-01

Software Upgrade 3
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V00 796-01

Software Upgrade 4
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V00 871-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors, double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector (red)AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector (yellow)
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included
Required service interval: 12 months (replacement of internal battery)Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Lap trigger input (on yellow connector, always open)
1

6

356 | Displays | Displays

6

Data Logging Systems

7

Data Loggers

358

Telemetry369

Telemetry Accessories

384

Lap Trigger Systems

389

358 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger CardMemory
C 40/C 40 Plus

Non volatile flash card memory
Total calculation capacity approximately 10 MIPS

Optional Functionality
15 analog inputs with 10 bit resolution and 5 ms sample rate time (only C 40 Plus)
1 inductive crankshaft sensor interface
Sensor supply outputs

5 V/100 mA
10 V/100 mA

Calibration functions are realized with an additional software tool.

Environment

7

Featuresu

Data storage on compact flash cardu

Data transfer via CANu

Extended models available

The CardMemory is a device used for data logging. The
basic model C 40 is designed for data transfer via CAN
for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. The extended model
C 40 Plus is developed to read in additional 15 analog
signals and 1 rev signal. The measured data are stored
on a removable compact flash card (not included).
The memory adapter (red) is included in delivery.

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Flash card 2,048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

Memory adapter (red; incl.)

B 261 206 864-01

C 40 adapter cable

B 261 209 433

Connectors and wires
Mating connector C 40 AS0

ASO-14-35 SN

Mating connector C 40 Plus AS0

ASO-14-35 SN

Installation Notes
Important: Removable storage media must be inspected and serviced
at regular intervals. Flash cards are slower and age faster than hard
drives. We recommend checking flash cards regularly and replacing
them after two years.

Application
Compatible ECUs
MS 3 Sport

Internal battery for data preservation included.

MS 4 Sport

Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

MS 4.4 Sport

Communication

Technical Specifications

1 CAN interface

Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Aluminum housing

Data Logger CardMemory C 40
Order number F 01T A20 403

Flexible housing fixation points
Size

150 x 90 x 22 mm

Weight330 g

Operating temperature-40 to 75°C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 20 Hz to 2 kHz for t <5hElectrical Data
Max. power consumption

7 W at 14 V

1 microcontroller with 16 bit organization
Real time clock

Data Logger CardMemory C 40 Plus
Order number B 261 206 860
Data Logger CardMemory C 40 Plus incl. SW Chassis
AdjustOrder number B 261 206 880-02

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 359

Data Logger CardMemory C 55

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

Real time clock
Non volatile flash card memory

Environment

Features

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Flash card 2,048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

Memory adapter (red; incl.)

B 261 206 864-01

Installation Notesu

Data storage on compact flash cardu

Data recording via Ethernet or FireWireu

Telemetry-compatible

Important: Removable storage media must be inspected and serviced
at regular intervals. Flash cards are slower and age faster than hard
drives. We recommend checking flash cards regularly and replacing
them after two years.

The CardMemory C 55 is a device used for data logging
and DLS system management. The measured data are
stored on a removable compact flash card (not included). The memory adapter (red) is included in delivery.
The C 55 supports two parallel measurement configurations and recording rates from 1 s to 1 ms. Data fromdifferent Bosch ECUs can be recorded via the Ethernet
and FireWire buses. For sensor signal acquisition up to
eight MSI 55 devices connected via FireWire are supported.
Long range as well as high-speed burst telemetry is possible utilizing the FM 40 and BT 60 devices.

Internal battery for data preservation included.

Application

Data Logger CardMemory C 55
Order number F 01E B01 630-02

Compatible ECUs
MS 5.0MS 5.1
MS 5.5MS 5.2
MS 15.1
MS 15.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Size

157 x 92 x 30 mm

Weight

500 g

Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Communication
1 CAN interface
2 FireWire interfaces
2 Ethernet interfaces (100 MBit)

Ordering Information

7

360 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logging Accessories

Flash card adapter
Order number B 261 205 814-01
Software Chassis Adjust
Order number B 261 206 870
C 40 adapter wire
Order number B 261 209 433

7Compact flash cards, adapters and drivers are necessary to use the CardMemory. For some optional functions
additional wires and software are on offer.
Compact flash cards are offered with a storage capacityof up to 2,048 MB. The compact flash card adapter isused to insert the card to the PCMCIA slot of the PC fordata download and card formatting.
In conjunction with the memory C 40 Plus, a softwaretool for additional calibration functions is offered. Together with an individual wiring harness it is possible tocalibrate further sensors for chassis data logging. To
connect memory C 40 to the vehicle wiring harness the
special C 40 adapter wire is necessary.

Application
Humidity

5 to 95 %, non condensing

Vibration

15 g peak to peakShock

Max. 2.0 g

Installation Notes
Important: Removable storage media must be inspected and serviced
at regular intervals. Flash cards are slower and age faster than hard
drives. We recommend checking flash cards regularly and replacing
them after two years.

Ordering Information
Flash card 128 MB
Order number F 01E B01 105-01
Flash card 256 MB
Order number F 01E B01 106-01
Flash card 512 MB
Order number F 01E B01 107-01
Flash card 1,024 MB
Order number F 01E B01 108-01
Flash card 2,048 MB
Order number F 01E B01 109-01
Memory adapter (red)Order number B 261 206 864-01

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 361

Data Logger C 50

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

148 x 126 x 16 mm

Weight

300 g

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsFeatures

Analog channels

6Wheel speed input (Hall-effect)

4

Input range

0 to 5 VuFreely programmable dash logger

Resolution

12 bituLight weight synthetic material housing

Switchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

u

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

DF11 inputs

On requestu

One motorsports connector

Environment

The data logger C 50 is a data logging system for motorsport applications. It allows for synchronized acquisitionof engine data from the ECU and chassis data from 6 analog and 4 digital wheel speed input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN
buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet.

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Acquisition rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression

USB flash drive and connector are available on request
Software Upgrade 1
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01

Software Upgrade 2
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V01 133-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Data acquisition

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Max. 720

Upload rate

1,000 kB/s

Motorsport connector,
AS 2-14-35PN at C 50

37 pins

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

Mating connector, AS 6-14-35SN

F02U 000 453-01

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input

Connectors and Wires

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Lap trigger input

1

7362 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 50
Order number F 02U V01 164-01

7

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 363

Data Logger C 60

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocolTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 VuCompact and light weight data logger

Inputsu

Aluminum housing

Analog channels

6u

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Input range

0 to 5 Vu

Two motorsports connectors

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

The data logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data
logging system for motorsport applications. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4 digital
input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data fromthe internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via
high speed Ethernet or via wireless connection with the
BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the C 60 is sold as data logger only.
The software upgrades for the C 60 (field upgradable byentering a key) activate additional recording on USB
Flash drive, CCP-Master and additional input channels.

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

User configurable CAN in/out messages
Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Data acquisition rate

Max. 200 kB/s

Recording channels

Max. 720

Upload rate

1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

3-port network switch
BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support

PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

1

Environment
USB Flash drive and connector are available on request
Software Upgrade 1
GPS input

Configurable math channels

Acquisition rate

Outputs

Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)4

Additional sensor supply 5 V(350 mA each)3

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

RS232

GPS
F 02U V00 703-01

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V00 797-01

7

364 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Software Upgrade 3
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V00 872-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port included

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness included

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and wires

7

Auto sport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

RS232

Telemetry

Lap trigger input

1

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 60
Order number F 02U V00 875-02

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 365

Data Logging System DLS
The Data Logging System (DLS) is a scalable, versatile,and flexible measurement system for conditioning andacquisition of sensor data in a race car. The DLS product family consists of several hardware and software
components which allow easy adoption to various measurement requirements.
Core component of the DLS is the C 55 data logger. It
performs system configuration and management tasks
and also serves as a communication hub for the PC configuration software. The C 55 communicates via its network interfaces with the ECU and up to eight MSI 55
sensor interface boxes to enable synchronized acquisition of engine and chassis data. The MSI 55 sensor interfaces provide high quality signal conditioning and data conversion functionality.
Additionally the FM 40 telemetry transmitter and the BT
60 burst telemetry device can be connected.

7Technical Specifications
High measuring accuracy by 12 bits A/D converter resolution and tenfold oversamplingHigh recording rate up to 1 ms
High recording duration by CF card up to 1 GB
Online compression of measurement data
Highly linear analog and digital filters
Modular concept allows scalable system
Synchronized acquisition of ECU and chassis channels
Connectivity and data transfer via telemetry
Online calibration and system diagnosis with RaceCon (included)

Components
Data logger, system manager

C 55

Burst telemetry

BT 60, BR 60

Online telemetry

FM 40

Modular sensor interface

MSI 55

DLS configuration software

RaceCon

System software

RaceCon, WinDarab

366 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Dimensions

7

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 367

Modular Sensor Interface
MSI 55

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

16 bit digital signal processor, 150 MIPS
Required power supply

8 at 18 V

4 differential analog inputs with switchable amplifier and switchable
pull-up resistor
12 single ended analog inputs with switchable pull-up resistor
All analog inputs offer analog and digital anti-aliasing filter and 12 bit
ADC resolution
4 frequency inputs 0 to 25.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effectsensor2 digital I/O
2 PWM outputs 100 mA
5 V sensor power supply
3 to 10 V configurable sensor power supply
12 V sensor power supply

Communication
Features

Freely configurable 1 Mbit CAN Bus

uCompact sensor interfaceu

16 input channelsuEach channel individually configurable

The MSI 55 is a high quality signal conditioning and dataacquisition unit for analogue and digital sensors.
The MSI 55 offers 16 configurable analog inputs. Eachanalog input channel features a 4th order analog prefilter, 10 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering.
The cut-of frequency of the digital filters is automaticallyadjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency ofthe digital filters is corrected during recoding, yielding
zero filter delay in the recorded data. The evaluation ofeach MSI measurement channel is individually configurable. Data is sent via FireWire interface to the C 55 datalogger.

Application
High quality signal conditioning and data acquisition unit
For analogue and digital sensors

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

120 x 117 x 38 mm

Weight

600 g

Aluminum housing
Filtered connectors of motorsports design with high pin density
Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Operating temperature-20 to 65 °C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5h

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
Order number F 01T A20 024-01

7

368 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Modular Sensor Interface M 60

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

Inputs7

Features

Analog channels

26

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Rotational channels (default
Hall, Inductive as option)4

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

4

The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface
unit for analog and digital sensors. Up to eight M 60 canbe used to expand the number of input channels of thedata loggers C 55 or C 60 as well as the display DDU 8.
The M 60 are linked via high-speed Ethernet interface.
This allows for synchronized acquisition of data fromthe different units and the ECU.
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs,
four pwm outputs and two independent CAN buses.
Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter,
8x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The
cut-of frequency of the digital filter is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero
filter delay in the recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel is individually configurable with the PC configuration tool
RaceCon.

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

Application

CAN interfaces

2

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Configurable math channels

Ordering Information

User configurable CAN in/out messages

Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Order number F 02U V00 882-01

uCompact sensor interfaceu

30 input channelsuEach channel individually configurable

Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
3-port network switch

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 (149) mm

Weight495 g

Connectors and wires
Auto sport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 369

Online Telemetry System
Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consistsof a data logger (C 40, C 55 or C 60) and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From the data logger data is sent via
a RS232 connection to the FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction information to the data stream
and modulates its RF output which is fed via an antenna
wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antennaconnected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiverbox, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise
filter amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes thedata converter and is transferred via a connection wire
to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information
over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM 40
Data logger C 40, C 55 or C 60
Pit receiver box

Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Technical Specifications
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction

Environmet
Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC
Ethernet pit network

7

370 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Dimensions

7

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 371

Telemetry Unit FM 40

Frequency range

430 to 470 MHz (hardware adjustable)F(center) ± 1 MHz (software
programmable)

Transmission power

1 to 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm error detection andforward error correction (FEC)

RF channel bandwidth

12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps
25 kHz at 19.2 kbps

Data interface

RS232

Data rate

9.6 / 19.2 kbps

Required power supply

10 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

25 W at 14 V

Max. current< 2,5 A

Operation temperature range

0 to 60°C

7Connectors and Wires
Features
u

750 g

u

1 to 10 W transmission power

The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for real-time telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware versions forseveral frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency issoftware programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range andgood track coverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40
is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex bidirectional operation is also possible.

Application
International standard

I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113,
FCC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Max. vibration

60 m/s2 at 20 Hz to 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management

RF

BNC female

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

Ordering Information
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Order number B 261 208 898-01

372 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box

7

The Pit Receiver Box integrates all electronic components necessary to receive telemetry data from a car
equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof
package. Typically the receiver box is mounted on thepit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection wire to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
Different versions of the receiver box are offered to support several system configurations.

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 373

Application
Pit Receiver Box 1

The Box 1 contains all electronic components and wires
necessary to receive data from a single car, preassembled in a weatherproof box.
The external RX antenna is connected to a low noise filter amplifier (LNA 1). The amplified signal is then fed into the UHF receiver which decodes the data stream. The
data converter is used to transmit the data via the connection cable to the server PC in the garage.

7

Scheme Pit Receiver Box 1

374 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box 1/R

The Box 1/R includes two separate receiver systems
which enable the parallel reception of two telemetry data streams. Two RX antennas can be connected to thetwin low noise filter amplifiers (LNA 1, LNA 2).
Typical applications are the reception of telemetry datafrom two cars or a system configuration with one car
and a telemetry relay station.

7

Scheme Pit Receiver Box 1/R

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 375

Pit Receiver Box 2

The Pit Receiver Box 2 contains two UHF receivers fed
by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier(LNA). This enables parallel telemetry data reception
from two cars, provided both transmitters operate in
the same frequency band.

7

Scheme Pit Receiver Box 2

376 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgMax. distance receiver box to PC(with wire B 261 209 481)

50 m

Working temperature range-20° to 50° C

Electrical Data

7

Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8
data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

12 V (10 to 14 V)

Power consumption

Approx. 7 W

Connectors and Wires
Data and power connector

Motorsports type

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box 1
Order number F 01T A20 451-01
Pit Receiver Box 1/R
Order number F 01T A20 453
Pit Receiver Box 2Order number F 01T A20 455

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 377

Pit Receiver Package 1
Rod antenna pit 7dbi (2 m)
B 261 208 867
Telescopic aerial mast (7.7m)
B 261 208 873
Panel antenna pit 12dbi
B 261 208 868

HF antenna cable (8 m)
B 261 209 493

HF antenna cable pit (3 m)
B 261 209 492

Pit Receiver Box 1/R

RS422

Connecting cable (50 m)
B 261 209 481

Control module
B 261 208 871
Ethernet

The Pit Receiver Package 1 contains antennas, rf wires,
data wires and the controller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operation.

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box 1

F 01T A20 451

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting wire (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS 232 / RS
422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package 1
Order number F 01T A20 452

7

378 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Rod antenna pit 7dbi (2 m)
B 261 208 867
Telescopic aerial mast (7.7m)
B 261 208 873
Panel antenna pit 12dbi
B 261 208 868

HF antenna cable (8 m)
B 261 209 493

HF antenna cable pit (3 m)
B 261 209 492

Pit Receiver Box 1/R

RS422

Connecting cable (50 m)
B 261 209 481

Control module
B 261 208 871
Ethernet

7

The Pit Receiver Package 1/R contains antennas, rf
wires, data wires and the controller box, i.e. everythingthat is required to start operation.

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box 1/R

F 01T A20 453

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

HF antenna wire pit (3 m)

B 261 209 492

Panel antenna pit 12 dBi

B 261 208 868

Connecting wire (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS 232 / RS
422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Order number F 01T A20 454

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 379

Pit Receiver Package 2
Rod antenna pit 7dbi (2 m)
B 261 208 867
Telescopic aerial mast (7.7m)
B 261 208 873

HF antenna cable (8 m)
B 261 209 493

Pit Receiver Box 2

RS422

Connecting cable (50 m)
B 261 209 481

Control module
B 261 208 871
Ethernet

The Pit Receiver Package 2 contains antennas, rf wires,
data wires and the controller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operations.

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box 2

F 01T A20 455

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting wire (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS 232 / RS
422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package 2
Order number F 01T A20 456

7380 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry System
Overview

7

The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideallycomplements the FM 40 long range telemetry. High-resolution measurement data, as stored in the data loggerof the data acquisition system, is transferred automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes the pits
or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages:
high resolution measurement data is already available in
the pit network while the car is still out on track, enabling instant analysis and saving valuable track time.
While the car is in the garage, the burst telemetry system gives a significant handling advantage: measurement data is transferred automatically to the pit server
PC, e.g. after engine test runs. The RF system operates
in the license-free 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 selectable non-overlapping channels allow great flexibility
in channel selection. The robust OFDM transmission
scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter
yield excellent performance even in environments withhigh RF noise. Typically good data reception can be achieved in a radius of approx. 300 m around the pit station, depending on antenna location and track topology.
If necessary, reception range can be extended by an optional remote receiver station. During the running lap,
the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis
data in non-volatile memory. When a laptrigger is received, the current file is closed and data is preparedfor burst transmission. As soon as the car reaches thereception range of the pit receiver, data transmission
starts automatically. An intelligent algorithm chooses
the lapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if thelink has been interrupted. Typically 6 Mbytes of measurement data can be transferred per lap during a race.
The bi-directional transmission scheme ensures errorfree reception. Privacy of measurement data is ensured
by 128-bit WEP encryption.

Application
6 MB measurement per lap
Bidirectional transmission scheme
Privacy ensured by 128-bit WEP encryption

Technical Specifications
32 selectable non-overlapping channels
Operates in license-free 5.1 to 5.8 MHz band
Best reception 300 m around pit

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 381

Dimensions

7

382 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR
60F

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data rate

Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 10 dBi; Omni directional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDCConnectors and Wires
Interface connector

7AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Ordering Information
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Order number F 02U V00 047-02

Features

Accessories
Radio modem (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 048-01

u1250 gu+26 dBm transmission poweruMax. 3.5 W

The BR 60F pit module is the stationary component of
the Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The highgain omnidirectional antenna is mounted directly at thereceiver, minimizing wire loss. The weatherproof housing allows outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on the pit
roof. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit Ethernet connection
to the pit server PC is supplied via the connecting wire,
which can be up to 75m long. The system operates in
the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels. The high quality band filter eliminates
out-of-band RF noise. This enables fully encrypted highspeed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. A directional antenna is available as an option.

Application
Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE

Encryptions

WEP/WPA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna)

705 x 145 x 47 mm

Weight1,250 gMax. vibration

Vibration profile 1

Temperature range-20 to +85 °C

Antenna (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 131-01
Antenna filter (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 132-01
Fitting system (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 133-01
Interface cable to the pit PC (inclusive)
Order number B 261 209 744-01

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 383

Burst Telemetry Car Module
BT 60F

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data rate

Typ. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 3 dBi; Omni directional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDCConnectors and Wires
Antenna connector

SMA(f)

Interface connector

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Ordering Information
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F
Order number F 02U V00 038-02

Featuresu

370 g

Accessoriesu+26 dBm transmission power

Radio modem (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 039-02

uMax. 3.5 W

The BT 60F car module is the vehicle component of the
Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The compact and lightweight unit receives measurement data via
a 100 MBit Ethernet connection from the data acquisition system and communicates with the pit module overthe RF antenna. The system operates in the 5.1 to 5.8
GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels.
An internal high quality band filter eliminates out-ofband RF noise, which enables fully encrypted highspeed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. Online diagnosis and performance monitoring ispossible via the data acquisition system.

Application
Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE

Encryption

WEP/WPA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

139 x 96 x 22 mm

Weight370 gMax. Vibration

Vibration profile 1

Temperature range-20 to 85°C

Antenna 5 dBi (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 442-01
Antenna socket (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 041-01
Antenna cable (inclusive)
Order number F 02U V00 042-01

7

384 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

FM 40 Tester

7

The FM 40 Tester is used to check the performance of
telemetry components installed in the car which includes the FM 40 in conjunction with the RF wire andthe antenna. The FM 40 tester indicates RF output power as well as defective RF wires or car antennas enabling quick detection of faulty components.

Technical Specifications
Electrical Data
Transmission power

1 to 15 (60) W

VSWR

1 to 6Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
FM 40 Tester
Order number B 261 208 894-01

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 385

Telemetry Antenna Dummy
Load

The telemetry antenna dummy load replaces the telemetry car antenna when running the FM 40 transmitter inthe workshop or the garage. It reduces high power RF
radiation.

Technical Specifications

7

Electrical Data
RF power

15 W

VSWR

1.1

Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Order number B 261 208 900-01

386 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

Telemetry Car Antenna Single
Band

Rugged telemetry antenna for car mounting.

Technical Specifications

7

Frequency band

UHF

Type

1/4λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

150 mmConnectors and WiresRF

BNC maleOrdering Information
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band
Order number B 261 208 888-01

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 387

Telemetry Car Antenna Dual
Band

Rugged telemetry antenna for car mounting.

Technical Specifications
Frequency band

VHF / UHFGain

1/4λ/ 5/8λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

440 mmConnectors and WiresRF

BNC maleOrdering Information
Telemetry Car Antenna Dual Band
Order number B 261 208 862

7388 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

Antenna Cable Kit

7

RF wire for the installation of telemetry antennas in thecar. Intended for single hole mounting.

Technical Specifications
LengthMax. 2m (tbd.)

Drill hole diameter

12,5 mm

Attenuation

Max. 0.7 dB at 2 m, 450 MHz

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Antenna Cable Kit
Order number B 261 209 490-01

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 389

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver

Ordering Information
IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34
Order number B 261 206 884-03
IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE
Order number B 261-206 887-01
IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 206 888-01

FeaturesuInfrared

u

39 g

u

15 m working rangeuDifferent connectors available

7

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Output voltage

5V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight390 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Order number B 261 206 890-01

7FeaturesuInfrared

u

124 g

u

15 m working range

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size with diode90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16 plus 16 offset codes for section times

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlightData Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 391

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver

The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna. After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a periodof 0.5 seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When atrigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certaintime:-20 msec low at main trigger-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration: Low side switch with internal pull-up (R = 2.5 kOhm to +5 VDC). External pullup to VBat allowed

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

FeaturesSize

86 x 20 x 69 mm

Weight

150 g

Ambient temperature-20 to 85°C

Electrical DatauHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditionsu

16 independent channelsuMain and sub trigger

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Application

Power consumption

1.3 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX0-02-03PN

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Trigger out

Installation Notes

Antenna gain

6 dBi

Angle azimuth

40°

Angle elevation

90°

Sensitivity-60 dBm

Packet size

32 BitPacket repetition frequency

0,5 msWorking frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Output driver (switching to
GND)

10 mA

Output signal main trigger (Puls)

20 ms active low

Output signal sub trigger (Puls)

40 ms active low

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the team code and the signal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected, thereceiver generates the appropriate output signal(main/sub trigger).

The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side (seeDimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Positioning of the receiver inside the car: The connector side has to bepositioned in direction to the front or back of the car as shown indrawing No. 2 (see Dimensions). It must not be positioned with theconnector pointing up- or downwards.
Green or blue indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Order number F 02U V00 946-03

7

392 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Dimensions

7

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 393

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter

Charging time

<4h

Running timeca. 30 h

Electrical Data
Power consumption

1.5 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 0-06-05PD-HE

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Charge input +uHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditions

Pin 4

n.c.

u

16 independent channels

Pin 5

n.c.

u

Main and sub triggeruInternal Li-ion battery optionaluExternal supply possible

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Application

The white antenna radome points to the car as shown in the drawing(see Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or
carbon fiber filled elements.
Red LED shows low battery condition.
Charge control shows:• blue when charging• green when battery full
• red on power or battery
failureOrdering Information

Working frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Angle azimuth

11°

Angle elevation

90°

Transmission power+10 dBm

Antenna gain

15 dBi

Side lobe suppression>30 dB

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the signal parameters. If
the trigger condition is detected, the receiver generates
the appropriate beacon signal (main/sub trigger). The
trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter
antenna.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70 x 340 x 100 mm

Weight

1,020 gAmbient temperature-20 to 60°C

Option: internal accumulator
Additional weight

Installation Notes

350 g

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Order number F 02U V00 945-02
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter with internal battery
and charger
Order number F 02U V01 042-02

Dimensions

7

394 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

7

Software

8

Calibration

396

Simulation

399

Analysis400396 | Software | Calibration

Modas

Approx. 100 MB free HD space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Ordering Information
Modas
Order number Free download at www.bosch-motorsport.com

Features8uSoftware tool for measuring and calibrating

Modas is a software tool for measuring and calibrating
defined engine values and curves. It is specially designed for racetrack use. Developing Modas we set great
store by easy handling and quick access to the ECU.

Functions
Online measurement and calibration
Universal use for different ECUs
Modas facilitates operating and working in by using the Windows
standard. In the office Modas is controlled by mouse or menu. If
Modas is used in a mobile way a fast grip is possible by keyboard andshortcuts.
Project (Data) management
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Programming system
Programming and management of calibration data
Calibrations system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters
Diagnosis system
Visualization, processing, documentation and evaluation of diagnosis
dataTechnical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM

Software | Calibration | 397

Modas Sport

Technical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free hard disc space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Optional Accessories

FeaturesuCalibration software tool for Bosch ECUs

Modas Sport is the calibration tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot of meaningful features tomanage our engine control units at the dyno and theracetrack.

Functions
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4
Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

WinDarab Free data analysis
Software

On request

Communication
CAN (CCP), K-Line (KWP2000)

Ordering Information
Modas Sport
Order number Free download at www.bosch-motorsport.com

8398 | Software | Calibration

RaceConTechnical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Ordering Information
RaceCon
Order number bundled with Bosch Motorsport hardware

Features8u

An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

Functions
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

Software | Simulation | 399

LapSimBy comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files andcreates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimization

Engine Simulation model
FeaturesEngine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angleuProfessional simulation tool

Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictoruBasic / Chassis / Engine versions available

2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads

LapSim Chassis

is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained.
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as well as driver performance. The
visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user.

LapSim Engine

supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding
ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.
The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition(SI) race engine currently seen on the market, with orwithout air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort ofcomplex engine software packages. The engine software
avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, in order to improve usability as well as
computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Functions

2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, whichis integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Order number Free download at www.bosch-motorsport.com

LapSim Chassis License
Order number B 261 206 432-01
LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 056-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 057-01
Upgrade LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 058

Data Analysis

Upgrade LapSim Chassis License
Order number F 01T A20 059

Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models.
Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.

Update LapSim Chassis or Engine
Order number F 02U V00 287-01

Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.

Update LapSim Chassis and Engine
Order number F 02U V00 288-01

Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough understanding.

8400 | Software | Analysis

WinDarab V7

Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime
Advanced Analysis
User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface

Features

Flexible display setup and arrangement
Storable display setup and arrangement

8uState of the art user interface

Lap browseruVersatile diagrams

Data TransmissionuNumerous analysis functions

Direct data input without intermediate hardwareuCustomizable mathematical channels and filters

Protection/encryption of logged data filesuSoftware based license without dongle

ASCII import and export

WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data specially designed for motorsports use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry
and compare logged data by reading out your data logger. WinDarab V7 features a state of the art user interface and reads out both engine and chassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
To fit to your demand in an optimal way we offer WinDarab V7 in a Free, Light and Expert variation.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab
V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsports engineers.

Functions
Diagrams
Oscilloscope
X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands
Histogram
3D-diagram

License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions

EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP SP3 (32 bit / 64 bit), Vista (32 bit / 64 bit), Windows 7(32 bit / 64 bit)Technical Specifications

Analysis
Overlay of different laps

Variations

Time or distance based analysis
Absolute and relative values
One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)
Regression lines, user defined lines

Free

Light

ExpertMax. open files

2

4

unlimitedMax. measuring data windows

1

2

unlimitedSoftware | Analysis | 401

Max. areas in measuring
data windows

2

4

unlimited

Views histogram

+

+

+

Views x/y-plot

+

+

+

Views Distribution

-

+

+

Views min/max-tables

-

+

+

Views Fourier-transformation

-

+

+

Views outing report

-

8/1*

unlimited

Views lap analysis

-

-

+

Views flowcharts

-

-

+

Views instrument panel

+

+

+

User defined physical
units

+

+

+

Language support German/English

+

+

+

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS

+

+

+

ASCII export

+

+

+

Matlab import (separated
tool)

+

+

+

Extras functions/cond.

-

-

+

Extras differences

-

+

+

Extras settings/
comments--+

Measuring data window
view options

-

-

+

Desktop load/save

+

+

+

Telemetry-++*8 columns / 1 window

Ordering Information
WinDarab Free
Order number free download on our website
WinDarab Light
Order number F 02U V01 307-01
WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 308-01

8

402 | Software | Analysis

8

Accessories

9

Communication Interface

404

Expansion Modules

405

Relay

412

Switches

414

Wiring Harnesses

415

Wiper Motor

416

404 | Accessories | Communication Interface

MSA-Box II

Featuresu9Communication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to allcommon PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis interface.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains
with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/
sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Operating Systems

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Ordering Information
MSA-Box II
Order number F 02U V00 327-02

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 405

Diagnosis

AWS LSU 4.9

LambdaValue = 0.0069

Failed sensor (short cut or notconnected)

LambdaValue = 0.0686

Sensor did not reach 600°C (upto 30 sec)

LambdaValue = 0.1373

Heating period

CAN-IDFor each sensor the following CAN-IDs will receive the A/F value as 16bit-unsigned Integer and the heating value and the temperature values
as 8-bit unsigned byte (Motorola-type):
CAN-ID

0x290

Byte 0

A/F1

Byte 1
Byte 2

AF/2

Byte 3

FeaturesuLambda interface

u

80 g

The AWS LSU 4.9 is used in combination with the lambda sensor (Mini-)LSU 4.9. The box is able to supply two(Mini-)LSU 4.9 lambda sensors. It includes two heaters
and converts each specific sensor signal into two separate lambda signals. Furthermore, the temperature of
the sensor, the duty cycle of the heater and diagnosis of
the probe is available. The signal output is via CAN-message.
Please note: Lambda sensors are not part of the AWS
LSU 4.9.

Byte 4

Temp1

Byte 5

Temp2

Byte 6Heat1

Byte 7

Heat2

A/FValue= 0.001*A/Fx

LambdaValue= A/FValue/14.57= A/FDigits/14,570= A/FDigits*0.00006863418

Heat Temp= TempxDigits*2 + 496.9°C

Pin Assignement life connector
Pin

Name

Function

1

GND

Ground2

GND LSU 1 / 2

Ground LSU heater

Technical Specifications

3

Vext

External power supply 5 to 20 V

Mechanical Data4

LSU heater

External power supply for LSU
1/2 heater

Application
Measuring range

Lambda 0.6 to 2.5

Weight

80 g

9

CAN H

CAN bus highSize

38 x 43 x 16 mm

10

CAN L

CAN bus low

Wire length

150 mm11

TxD

TxD serial interface

Operating temperature

10 to 60°C

12

RxD

RxD serial interface

Electrical Data

Pin Assignement LSU 1/2 in connector

Power Supply

5 to 20 V

Pin

Name

Function

Rent consumption

120 mA at 12 V + heater current(max. 2 A per probe)1

LSU 1 IP

Inv. Input of pump current amp

Channels

2 A/F

2

LSU 1 VM

Virtual ground

Resolution

0.01

3

GND heater 1

Ground for heater 1

Sampling rate

100 Hz per channel

4

Vext heater 1

External power supply 5 to 20 V
LSU 1

9

406 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

5

LSU 1 IANon Inv. Input of pump current
amp

6

LSU 1 UN

Inv. Input of pump current control

7

LSU 2 IPNon Inv. Input of pump current
amp

8

LSU 2 VM

Virtual ground9

GND heater 2

Ground for heater 2

10

Vext heater 2External power supply 5 to 20 V
LSU 2

11

LSU 2 IANon Inv. Input of pump current
amp

12

LSU 2 UN

Inv. Input of pump current control

Accessories
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Ordering Information

9

AWS LSU 4.9
Order number F 01E B01 622

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 407

Extended Module EM-LIN

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

ConfigConnector 2 (green)

ASU 0-03-05SD-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05PD-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

LIN

Please note: the EM-LIN must be powered by one connector only.

Features

Installation Notesu

LIN Master

Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

u

53 g

Ordering Information

The extended module EM-LIN is a LIN-Master designed
to allow an on-line adjustment of the alternator regulator parameters e.g. alternator voltage, load response
time, cut-off speed and current limitation.
The EM-LIN is designed with a microcontroller in combination with a LIN and a CAN transceiver. The electronics
power supply is managed by a voltage regulator. In addition, an analog input is accessible on one connector. Its
robust aluminum housing provides an effective protection for the electronics.
Further functions (e.g. CAN function) and application
specific software development is available on request.

FunctionsApplication

LIN Master

Compatible regulator type

Bosch LIN-regulator CR652

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

85 x 32 x 17.3 mm

Weight53 gMax. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1 (red)ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SN-HE

Pin 1

US

Extended Module EM-LIN
Order number F 02U V00 609-02

9408 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Dimensions

9

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 409

Lambdatronic LT4

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 17 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas

Included

Characteristic

FeaturesuSupply of 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics are available via
CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda
in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell. The current
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of thelambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very compact box size with motorsports specification. Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.

Functions

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V

CAN- baud rate

1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom

AS 1-14-35SN

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignement
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)Application

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

2+ 12 V (Battery +)Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, Mini-LSU 4.9

3Ground (Battery -)Channels

44Ground (Battery -)HeaterInternal

5

K-Line diagnostic connection

Technical Specifications

6

CAN1 + (high)Mechanical Data

7

CAN1 – (low)Weight with wire

98 g

8

Analog out 1

Sealing

100 % humidity

9

Analog out 2

Mounting

Velcro10

Analog out 3

Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

11Analog out 4

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

12Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield9

410 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

9

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Ordering Information

15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

Lambdatronic LT4Order number F 01T A20 070-05

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

UN1pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kBaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 411

Dimensions

9

412 | Accessories | Relay

Relay 25 A

250

0.2

350

0.1

Ordering Information
Relay 25 A
Order number Y 261 A20 597-01
BaseOrder number Y 261 A20 598-01

Featuresu

9

25 A max. current

The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor for electrical
power control. The rated current is 25 A for secondary
power distribution with high inrush current like hydraulic- and fuel motor loads. The base part allows a quickchange of the relay.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Drill hole

3.1 mmWeight61 g

Vibration

30 g/70 Hz to 3 kHz

Shock

100 g (11 ms)

Operating temperature-45 to 125°C

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 to 14.5 V

Min. switches

50,000Coil resistance at 25°C

80 ΩMax. current

25 A

Current vs. Time characteristic(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit breaker)
I (A)

t(s)

30

3,600 (1 h)

50

5

100

1.2

Accessories | Relay | 413

Dimensions

9414 | Accessories | Switches

Switches

6 steps for display switch-over
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PE-HE
Order number B 261 209 659-01
12 steps
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PE-HE
Order number B 261 209 643-01

We offer a wide range of switches for the special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual requirement.

Functions
For MAP function
For display toggle function

9

3 steps for MAP function
4 steps
4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps

Technical Specifications
DesignStraight
Angled 90°

Options
With integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver switch
Without end stop

Ordering Information
For MAP function
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PE-HE
Order number B 261 209 644-01
4 steps display dimmer DDU
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PE-HE
Order number B 261 209 646-01
4 steps LED dimmer DDU
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PE-HE
Order number B 261 209 647-01

Accessories | Wiring Harnesses | 415

Wiring Harnesses

We offer special wiring harnesses for motorsport applications. Our portfolio contents layout, design and production of harnesses, sensors and actuators for motorsport requirements.
Moreover we offer consultancy of loom design and sensor definition. Design and production of prototypes up
to mass production is also possible. We do 2D Layout
documentation in exchangeable *.dxf, *.dwg file format.
Naturally we use motorsport connectors (sev. MIL
specs) and switches and fuses from aviation and aerospace technology. Full shielded wires for maximum EMC
protection are available. All looms are built with cables
and wires in aviation & aerospace quality. All looms aretested on a high voltage test bench. Tests under defined
vibration profiles are also possible. We also offer several
connectors on request.

Ordering Information
Wiring Harnesses
Order number on request

9416 | Accessories | Wiper Motor

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Single stroke
Service position
WDA Analog
Pin 1

AN 2

Pin 2

AN 1

Operating modes

Stop

Interval

Speed 1

Speed 2

Pin 3

US

GND

GND

US

Pin 4

US

US

GND

GND

Mechanical Data

Featuresu9

LIN and Analog versions available

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed byintegrated control electronics. The user is able to control the desired operating mode via LIN [Version LIN] orsimply by switching its analogue inputs to ground [Version Analog]. The gear, the motor and the electronics
are all installed in the same housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears and thepossibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.

Max. Vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1 in
combination with silentblocks(see Accessories)

Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wiping speed

Depends on torqueMax. wiping angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gElectrical Data
Power supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

Characteristic

Application
Application-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Variations
WDA LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Free

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

US

LIN speed

19,200 Baud

LIN Version

2.0

LIN description file

On request

Operating modes:
StopInterval
Speed 1
Speed 2Connectors and Wires
Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F02U B00 542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Installation Notes
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master function. Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.
The WDA Analogue can be operated by switching the analogue inputs
between ground and voltage supply.
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.

Accessories | Wiper Motor | 417

The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
WDA LIN
Order number F 02U V00 838-02
WDA Analog
Order number F 02U V00 938-02
Accessories
Silentblock
Order number F 02U 003 027-01

Dimensions

9418 | Accessories | Wiper Motor

9

Appendix

10

General Information

420

Vibration Profiles421

420 | Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport

Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging
materials).

Battery

Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please
use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation

The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,humidity, vibration and liquid compatability.

10Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 421

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Sinus: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,500

60

10

422 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction

10

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10

50

10

66.7

1

100

1

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 423

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.51

500

45.6

1,500

15.26

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)Amplitude of acceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Amplitude of oscillation lane (μm)

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

10

424 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 425

A

H

ABS M4 Kit ..................................................................348
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C .................................158
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2 ....................................160
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3 ....................................162
Alternator B3 ...............................................................144
Alternator GCM1 .........................................................146
Antenna Cable Kit .......................................................388
AWS LSU 4.9 ...............................................................405

Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F ............................383
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F ............................382
Burst Telemetry System Overview ...............................380

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 ...............................276
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ...................................278
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ....................................280
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 ..................................282
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ............................284
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed .................287
HP Control Valve DSV ....................................................87
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FCV/-FCV HP ...............................74
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD ...............................................76
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ..........................................59
HPI 1.1 ..........................................................................61
HPI 1.16 HV/HVD ...........................................................62
HPI 5 .............................................................................63

D

I

Data Logger C 50 ........................................................361
Data Logger C 60 ........................................................363
Data Logger CardMemory C 55 ...................................359
Data Logger CardMemory C 40/C 40 Plus ...................358
Data Logging Accessories ............................................360
Data Logging System DLS ...........................................365
Diesel System Components ..........................................42
Display DDU 7 .............................................................352
Display DDU 8 .............................................................354
Double Fire Coil 2x2 ....................................................131
Double Fire Coil 3x2 ....................................................134

Ignition Module IM 3.1 ................................................137
Ignition Module IM 3.2 ................................................139
Ignition Module IM 4 ...................................................141
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ..........................................289
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C .......................................291
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ..........................................293
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C .......................................295
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M ......................................297
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T .......................................299
Injection Valve EV 12 .....................................................49
Injection Valve EV 14 .....................................................52
Injection Valve EV 14i ....................................................56
Injection Valve EV 6 .......................................................45

B

E
Engine Control Unit MS 12 ............................................38
Engine Control Unit MS 15 Sport ..................................33
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 .........................................34
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 .........................................36
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport ....................................14
Engine Control Unit MS 4 Sport ....................................16
Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 Sport .................................19
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 ...........................................24
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1 ...........................................26
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2 ...........................................30
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 ...........................................28
Engine Control Units Performance Line ........................21
Engine Control Units Sport Line ....................................11
Extended Module EM-LIN ............................................407

F
FM 40 Tester ...............................................................384
FPR Adaptor ..................................................................85
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38 ....................................81
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ......................................83
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .....................................79
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini/Mini M .............................77
Fuel Pump FP 100 .........................................................64
Fuel Pump FP 165 .........................................................66
Fuel Pump FP 200 .........................................................68
Fuel Pump FP 300 .........................................................70
Fuel Pump FP 300L .......................................................72

K
Knock Sensor KS-P ......................................................174
Knock Sensor KS-R ......................................................176

L
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D ...........................................183
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ..............................................178
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ..............................................180
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ......................................186
Lambdatronic LT4 .......................................................409
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver .........................................391
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter ....................................393
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver ..........................................389
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter ......................................390
LapSim ........................................................................399
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1 ............................................164
Linear Potentiometer LP 10 ........................................189
Linear Potentiometer LP 100 ......................................203
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F ....................................205
Linear Potentiometer LP 150 ......................................207
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 ........................................191
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin ................................193
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 ........................................195
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin ................................197
Linear Potentiometer LP 75 ........................................199
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F ......................................201

G

M

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 .............................................169
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M ............................................172
General Information ....................................................420

Modas ........................................................................396
Modas Sport ...............................................................397
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 ...................................368
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55 ................................367
MSA-Box II ...................................................................404

O
Online Telemetry System Overview .............................369

426 | Index

P

T

Pit Receiver Box ..........................................................372
Pit Receiver Package 1 ................................................377
Pit Receiver Package 1/R ............................................378
Pit Receiver Package 2 ................................................379
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ..........................................209
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ..........................................212
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ..........................................215
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ..........................................218
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .............................................221
Pressure Sensor Air PST .............................................224
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .....................................231
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R ..................................233
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R ................................235
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ...................................237
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM .........................................239
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S ......................................241
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .....................................243
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R .................................247
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R ...................................245
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R .................................249
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 ...................................251
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F .......................................253
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 ....................................256
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A ...............................227
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C ...............................229

Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load .................................385
Telemetry Car Antenna Dual Band ...............................387
Telemetry Car Antenna Single Band ............................386
Telemetry Unit FM 40 ..................................................371
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ....................................316
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H .................................318
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .................................320
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS .................................301
Temperature Sensor NTC M6 ......................................304
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H ...................................306
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS .................................308
Temperature Sensor NTC M8 ......................................311
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS .................................313
Temperature Sensor PT 200E ......................................322
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100-s/-c ...................326
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16-r/-s .....................324
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA ......................................331
Thermocouple Probe TCP K ........................................329
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 .............................................128

R
RaceCon ......................................................................398
Relay 25 A ...................................................................412
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M ..........................269
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin ..............................267
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308 .......................265
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M ..................................271
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H ..................................273
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M ...................259
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55 ........................................261
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86 ........................................263

S
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro ...............................................89
Single Fire Coil P100-T ................................................113
Single Fire Coil P35 ......................................................92
Single Fire Coil P35-E ....................................................95
Single Fire Coil P35-T ....................................................98
Single Fire Coil P35-TE ................................................101
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M .........................................104
Single Fire Coil P65 .....................................................107
Single Fire Coil P65-T ..................................................110
Single Fire Coil PS ......................................................116
Single Fire Coil PS-T ....................................................119
Single Fire Coil S19 .....................................................122
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T ..........................................125
Starter 1.4 kW .............................................................150
Starter 1.7 kW .............................................................152
Starter 2.0 kW .............................................................154
Switches .....................................................................414

V
Vibration Profile 1 .......................................................421
Vibration Profile 2 .......................................................422
Vibration Profile 3 .......................................................423

W
WinDarab V7 ...............................................................400
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA .........................................416
Wire Potentiometer WP 100 ........................................340
Wire Potentiometer WP 120 ........................................342
Wire Potentiometer WP 125 ........................................344
Wire Potentiometer WP 35 ..........................................334
Wire Potentiometer WP 50 ..........................................336
Wire Potentiometer WP 75 ..........................................338
Wiring Harnesses ........................................................415

Y
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ...............................................167

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2012
Modifications reserved.
Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads. They are only developed for use in racing on private closed courses!